HYUNDAI MOBIS AV240DPAN CAR AVN User Manual

Download:
Mirror Download [FCC.gov]
Document ID	1671637
Application ID	Np9loajEBz5BR6K9x4/gQg==
Document Description	Users Manual
Short Term Confidential	No
Permanent Confidential	No
Supercede	No
Document Type	User Manual
Display Format	Adobe Acrobat PDF - pdf
Filesize	431.25kB (5390603 bits)
Date Submitted	2012-04-09 00:00:00
Date Available	2012-05-24 00:00:00
Creation Date	2012-04-09 16:41:44
Producing Software	Acrobat Distiller 9.0.0 (Windows)
Document Lastmod	2012-04-09 17:29:12
Document Title	untitled
Document Creator	Adobe Acrobat Pro 9.0.0

Read the following safety cautions for your
safety.
Notations used within this User's Manual
Safety Warnings
Please read the following safety matters for your safety. This
User's Manual describes circumstances that may
inflict injury onto drivers and others with the following notations
(Warning, Caution, Information, Notice).
Before using the product, read the contents of this user's
manual carefully and use this product safely.
Failure to observe the safety instructions within this category
could result in serious injury or death.
Safety Cautions
Failure to observe the safety instructions within this category
could result in accident related injuries or damage
to the vehicle.
Caution
• Information on matters that could potentially lead to injury or vehicle
damage/malfunction
• Information that could lead to higher user safety
Information
Ȅ The design and specification of this product may change
without prior notification for product improvement.
• Information and tips that provides additional user convenience in
using the product
Notice
• Information on specific features that facilitate proper product use and
functional understanding
• Information on terminology used within this manual
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:49 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Cautions upon Using SD Cards
Ejecting and Inserting SD Cards
• Ejecting and inserting SD cards while the Navigation system is operating may result in SD Card or
System errors. To eject or insert the SD card, first turn off the Navigation system and the vehicle
ignition.
• Eject/insert SD cards only to update the navigation system with a new version.
Ȅ When an SD Card with the new version is inserted, then system update will occur automatically
Usage of SD Cards
• The SD Card is formatted to include only MAP and new system update files.
• The SD Card cannot be used to save and play Music/Videos.
• Do not add, delete, or format files within the SD Card.
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:49 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
iPod Őż
ÂŽ
iPod is a registered trademark of Apple Inc.
BluetoothŐż
The BluetoothÂŽ word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by BluetoothÂŽ SIG, Inc. and any use of
such marks by Hyundai/Kia is under license.
A BluetoothÂŽ enabled cell phone is required to use
BluetoothÂŽ wireless technology.
For more information on BluetoothÂŽ compatibility, refer to
the Hyundai Motor website (http://www.hyundaiusa.com).
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:49 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
1
Basic
 Warnings and Cautions
 Key Product Features
 Component Names and Functions
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:49 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Warnings and Cautions
Safety Warnings

Even when receiving route guidance from the Navigation
system, please abide by actual traffic and road regulations.
Following only the Navigation route guidance may lead to
violations of actual traffic and road regulations and lead to
traffic accidents.
Heed caution not to spill water or introduce foreign objects
into the device. Such acts could lead to smoke, fire, or
product malfunction.
Please refrain from use if the screen is blank or no sound
can be heard as these signs may indicate product
malfunction. Continued use in such conditions could lead to
accidents (fires, electric shock) or product malfunctions.
Do not touch the antenna during thunder or lightening as
such acts may lead to lightning induced electric shock.
Do not stop or park in parking-restricted areas to operate
the product. Such acts could lead to traffic accidents.
For most AV and multimedia modes, the display will not
operate when the vehicle is in motion. For your safety, first
park the vehicle to watch or view the screen. (The screen
will operate when the parking brake is set to ON for manual
transmission vehicles and when set to P or Parking Brake
On state for auto transmission vehicles.)
Do not stare at the screen while driving. Staring at the
screen for prolonged periods of time could lead to traffic
accidents.
Do not operate the Navigation system while driving, such
as entering POIs or conducting route searches. Such acts
could lead to accidents, fire, or electric shock. Park the
vehicle before operating the device.
Do not disassemble, assemble, or modify the Navigation
system. Such acts could result in accidents, fire, or electric
shock.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:49 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
ળઝ
Safety Cautions
Pay attention to traffic conditions while driving.
In some instances, the navigation may provide guidance
through restricted areas.
Operating the device while driving could lead to accidents
due to a lack of attention to external surroundings. First
park the vehicle before operating the device. In addition,
the touch screen may not work for some functions when
the vehicle is in motion. The touch screen feature will be
supported once the vehicle has stopped.
Adjust the volume to levels that allow the driver to hear
sounds from outside of the vehicle. Driving in a state
where external sounds cannot be heard may lead to
accidents.
Pay attention to the volume setting when turning the
device on. A sudden output of extreme volume upon
turning the device on could lead to hearing impairment.
(Adjust the volume to a suitable levels before turning off
the device.
If you want to change the position of device installation,
please inquire with your place of purchase or service
maintenance center.
Technical expertise is required to install or disassemble
the device.
Turn on the car ignition before using this device. Do not
operate the Navigation system for long periods of time with
the ignition turned off as such operations may lead to battery
discharge.
Upon using the Navigation system for more than 10 minutes
with the car engine turned off, the following warning will be
displayed. After 10 minutes, the warning will be displayed for
5 seconds every 1 minute.
Do not subject the device to severe shock or impact.
Direct pressure onto the front side of the monitor may
cause damage to the LCD or touch screen.
When cleaning the device, make sure to turn off the
device and use a dry and smooth cloth.
Never use tough materials, chemical cloths, or solvents
(alcohol, benzene, thinners, etc.) as such materials may
damage the device panel or cause color/quality deterioration.
When experiencing product malfunctions, inquire with
your place of purchase or service maintenance center.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:49 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Key Product Features
This device is an Audio Navigation system equipped with a multifunctional disc player that supports Radio (FM1, FM2,
AM), Audio CD, MP3, USB, iPod, and Audio AUX features. The WIDE VGA LCD provides a high quality resolution while
the powerful and rich sound system adds to driving enjoyment.
Display
Radio
Wide TFT-LCD Display
• Provides high quality video and music through a Wide TFT-LCD Display using an LED Back Light
• Touch screen for maximum user convenience
Digital Tuner Feature
• Digital Tuner using PPL method that supports memory of 6 broadcast stations for each AM, FM1, and FM2 modes
Integrated Antenna (RADIO+NAVI)
• Outstanding reception via integrated antenna with high sensitivity
Radio broadcast station name
• Displays broadcast station names for key locations
HD Radio / Satellite Radio feature
• Supports HD Radio and Satellite Radio (XM)
Multimedia
Player
- Support for various Media Formats
• Support for various media formats, including Radio, audio MP3 CD, USB, iPod and AUX
• Supports USB, iPod, and Bluetooth Audio Streaming modes
- My Music
• Supports copying of music stored within USB or iPod devices into My Music (internal memory) mode
- USB Image
• Copy to view and save images saved in USB devices
Navigation
- Voice Guidance
• Voice route guidance to safely and conveniently reach set destinations
• Various map scales that enables drivers to accurately view map and surrounding areas
-Automatic Correction for Current Location
• Automatically corrects current position using map matching and GPS information
Sync with Blue Link Center
Blue Link
Vehicle Diagnostics/Maintenance
Miscellaneous
- Bluetooth Handsfree
• Convenient use of Bluetooth Handsfree by using buttons within the steering remote controller
- Digital Screen Control Features
• Easy control of screen controls through touch screen options
- Steering Remote Controller
• Control over audio features, voice recognition and Bluetooth through the steering remote controller for maximum convenience
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:49 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Component Names and Functions
ળઝ
Head Unit
Notation
 [PHONE]
Description
Converts to BluetoothÂŽ Handsfree mode
When [•SEEK TRACK”] keys are pressed shortly
(under 0.8 seconds)
• In FM/AM mode, plays previous/next frequency
• In XM mode, plays the previous/next channel
• In CD/MP3/USB/iPod/My Music modes, changes the
track, file or chapter
[”SEEK
TRACK
•]
[FM/AM]
[INFO]
When [•SEEK TRACK”] keys are pressed and held (over
0.8 seconds)
• In FM/AM mode, continuously changes the frequency until
the key is released and plays the current frequency
• In XM mode, continuously changes the channel until
the key is released and plays the current channel
• In CD/MP3/USB/iPod/My Music modes, rewinds or fast
forwards the track or file
• Converts to FM/AM mode
• Each time the key is pressed, the mode is changed in order
of FM1 ČĽ FM2 ČĽ AM ČĽ FM1
Displays the Info mode screen
 [MEDIA]
• Displays CD, MP3, USB, iPod, AUX, Bluetooth Audio
Streaming, My Music modes
• If the media is not connected or a disc is not inserted,
corresponding modes will be disabled.
Converts to XM mode
• Each time the key is pressed, the mode is changed in order
of XM1 ČĽ XM2 ČĽ XM3 ČĽ XM1
SAT
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:49 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Component Names and Functions
Head Unit
Notation
Description





• When power is off, press to turn power on
• When power is on, press and hold (over 0.8 seconds)
to turn power off
ŕł 
PWR
key
ೠ VOL Knob • When power is on, press shortly (under 0.8 seconds) to
turn AV off
• Turn left/right to control volume
 [Route]
Displays Route menu screen
 [Setup]
Displays the Setup mode
 [Map]
Displays the map for the current position
 [•TUNE”]
• In FM/AM mode, changes the frequency
• In XM mode, changes the channel
• In CD, MP3, USB, iPod, My Music modes, changes the
track/file
 [Dest]
Displays the Destination setup menu
 [ENTER]
Executes the selection
 [
Press to insert or eject disc



 [Clock]
Displays current time and date
 [RESET]
Resets and restarts the system
 [
SD Card insert slot
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:49 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
ળઝ
Steering Remote Controller
Notation
Description
1
[ࡸԛ࣏
ࢸ]
Controls the volume
2
[MUTE]
Mutes the sound
When , keys are pressed shortly (under 0.8 seconds)
• In FM/AM mode, searches broadcast frequencies saved to
Presets
• In XM modes, searches broadcast channels saved to Presets
• In CD/MP/USB/iPod/My Music modes, changes the track, file or
chapter. \
3
Notation
[MODE]
• Each time this key is pressed, the mode is changed in
order of FM1ČĽ FM2ČĽ AMČĽ XM1ČĽ XM2ČĽ XM3 ČĽ USB(Music ČĽ Image)
or iPod ČĽ AUXČĽ Bluetooth Audio ČĽ My Music
• If the media is not connected or a disc is not inserted,
corresponding modes will be disabled.
• Press and hold the key (over 0.8 seconds) to turn the AV
system on/off
• When power is off, press the key to turn power back on
5
[ࡸ‫]ݥࢉ۽‬
Converts to voice recognition mode
6
[੼୘]
When pressed shortly (under 1.2 seconds)
• When pressed in the phone screen, displays call history screen
• When pressed in the dial screen, makes a call
• When pressed in the incoming call screen, answers the call
• When pressed during call waiting, switches to waiting call (Call Waiting)
When pressed and held (over 1.2 seconds)
• When pressed in the Bluetooth® Handsfree wait mode,
redials the last call
• When pressed during a Bluetooth® Handsfree call,
switches call back to mobile phone (Private)
• When pressed while calling on the mobile phone, switches
call back to BluetoothÂŽ Handsfree
(Operates only when BluetoothÂŽ Handsfree is connected)
7
[ࣗՎ]
When pressed during a call, ends the phone call
When pressed in the incoming call screen, rejects the call
[Ĺą, V]
When , keys are pressed and held (over 0.8 seconds)
• In FM/AM mode, automatically searches broadcast frequencies
and channels
• In XM modes, automatically searches broadcast channels
• In CD/MP/USB/iPod/My Music modes: rewinds or fast forwards
the track of file.
Description
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:49 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Component Names and Functions
Climate System
Notation
Description
1
[MODE]
Sets the fan direction
2
[CLIMATE]
Displays the climate info screen
3
Removes humidity and frost by blowing fan towards the
front window
4
The side mirror and rear window defroster is turned on/off
5
[A/C]
Turns the air conditioner on/off
6
[TEMP]
Controls the driver-side temperature
7
Switches the air intake mode to recirculation
8
Switches the air intake mode to outside air
9
[DUAL]
Turns DUAL mode on/off.
Upon turning on DUAL, the driver-side and passenger-side
temperature can be operated independently

10
[PASSAN
GER
TEMP]
Controls the passenger-side temperature

11
[AUTO]
Operates auto temperature mode to maintain cabin
temperature at suitable levels relative to outside
temperature
12

[OFF]
Turns the climate system off
13

Sets the fan level
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:49 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Turning the System On
Information
• If the engine start button is pressed without
pressing the brakes, then the ACC and system
will turn on . If the brakes are pressed, then the
IGN and system will turn on and the ignition
will start. .
• No operations are supported while the
system is booting. Some time may be required
until all features are ready for use.
Turning the System Off
Press the engine start button again or press and
hold the ೣ power key on the system to turn the
system off.
Information
•If the system is turned off while the Handsfree
is being used, then the call will automatically
switch back to the mobile phone.
Caution
• The safety warning page is displayed every
time the ignition is turned on. As these matters
are related to safety, closely read and comply
with the safety warnings.
Once the system is turned on, the booting
process will start and the safety warning page is
displayed.
Caution
• Pay attention to the volume setting when
turning the device on. A sudden output of
extreme volume upon turning the device on
could lead to hearing impairment.
Adjust the volume to a suitable levels before
turning off the device.
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:49 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
ળઝ
Turning the System On/Off
Component Names and Functions
Resetting the System
This feature is used to reset the system in the
occurrence of an unforeseen error or problem.
Battery Warning Message
Use the system only when the engine is running.
If the system is turned on with the engine off,
then the following warning will be displayed.
Press and hold the RESET key (about 1 second). This message will automatically disappear once
The use of a clip or pin is recommended when
the engine is turned on.
resetting the system.)
Notice
Information
• ‫ݛݤ‬੬ ট̛୘ ‫ ؀ ࢠࢵ ߾̛࣑ ݤ‬۶ࢽѸ߭ ࢑
ы ࢽ‫(ؿ‬Ԃҡࠝ ࣯ળܹࢵࢠ, ࡸԛ۶ࢽ, ୘ִ۶
ࢽ ҟ)Қࢇ ষˈ ۘ੓Ի ট̛୘ѼТЬ. ࢇЕ ٙ
ԛୃۘࢇ ߅Ф, ̛̛ձ ট̛୘ ଜִ۰ ֻ֩չ߾
ࢵࢠѸ߹ы ࢽ‫ؿ‬Ѧ ট̛୘Ѹ̛ Ҷ‫࢏ח‬ТЬ.
• Using the system for prolonged periods of time
without the engine running may result in battery
discharge.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:49 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
2
Audio
• FM/AM Mode
• HD Radio Mode
• XM Mode
• About DISC
• CD Mode
• MP3 CD Mode
• USB Mode
• iPod Mode
• AUX Mode
• Bluetooth ® Audio Mode
• My Music Mode
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
FM/AM Mode
Basic Mode Screen (HD Radio OFF)
Name
 Preset


Mode Display
Setting
 Display
Text On
Stereo
Reception
Description
Displays currently operating mode
Shows saved presets for user selection
Displays currently operating features/options
Indicates that the current broadcast is a stereo
broadcast
 Frequency
Displays the current frequency
 Broadcast
Displays the current broadcast station
Station
Menu
Displays Preset Scan and Text On (Text Off) menus
Scan
Plays frequencies with superior reception for 5
seconds each
 Auto store
Saves frequencies with superior reception to Preset
buttons

Text On
(Text Off)
Turns the Radio Text information on and off

Preset Scan
Plays preset frequencies for 5 seconds each
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
FM/AM Mode
Basic Mode Screen (HD Radio ON)
FM1
HD 3
92.9
101.9
105.1
96.9
87.1
87.1
 PS NAME
91.3
Genre
Song Title Song Title Song Title
Artist
Artist
Album
Album
Album
 Artist
ඔ
Menu
Name
Tagging
HD Radio
Reception
Displays main HD Radio channels
Broadcast
Station
Displays the current broadcast station
Genre
Displays the current broadcast genre
Broadcast
Info
Displays detailed information about the current
broadcast
Selection
buttons
Used to select the previous/next HD radio broadcast
channel
Tagging
Used to save song information for the currently
playing broadcast.
Upon connecting an iPod, song information is
transferred to the iPod and can be downloaded
through iTunes.
Info On
(Info Off)
When pressed, shows detailed information about
the current broadcast.
When pressed again, detailed information is turned
off.
FM1
HD 3
92.9
101.9
105.1
96.9
87.1
91.3
HD 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Autostore
Preset Scan
87.1
Genre
Song Title Song Title Song Title
Artist Scan
Artist Artist
Album
Off
 AlbumInfoAlbum
Menu
ඔ
Description
HD 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Tagging
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Starting Mode
Press the [• SEEK, TRACK –] keys to
automatically search for frequencies.
• Shortly press the key (under 0.8 seconds):
Plays previous/next frequency
• Press and hold the key (under 0.8
seconds): Changes the frequency while
pressed and receives the next frequency
upon release.
Using TUNE
When the power is OFF, pressing the
[FM/AM] key will turn the power on and
play a radio broadcast.
Selecting Presets
Press the [– TUNE•] key to manually select
the frequency.
ળઝ
Press the [FM/AM] key to change the mode
in order of FM1 ČĽ FM2 ČĽ AM.
Using SEEK
From the 6 presets, select the frequency
you want to listen to.
Information
• You can save up to 6 preset channels
for each FM1, FM2 and AM.
• The station name and region is displayed
by using GPS coordinates and
are not displayed when the information
cannot be received.
• The displayed station name and region
is unrelated to radio sensitivity. The station
name information may differ from
the actual broadcast.
• FM1 / FM2: Increases/decreased by
100kHz
• AM: Increases/decreased by 9kHz
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
FM/AM Mode
Saving Radio Frequency
Saving Automatically
Press the |ČżAuto Store| to automatically
save receivable frequencies to Preset
buttons. A total of 18 frequencies with six
preset frequencies each for FM1/FM2/AM
modes can be saved..
Scanning Radio Frequency
Press the |ČżScan |button to scan all
radio frequencies.
Information
While |ČżAuto Store| is operating, pressing
the Auto Store button again will cancel
the function and play the previous
frequency.
Saving Manually
After selecting frequency ೘Press and
hold (over 0.8 seconds) the preset
button.
Starting from the current frequency,
frequencies with superior reception are
scanned for 5 seconds and the previous
frequency is restored.
• A 'beep' will sound and the frequency is
saved to the selected preset button.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Using the Menu Buttons
About HD Radio
Press the |ȿMenu| button ೛ Press the
|ČżText On|
ળઝ
Press the |ČżMenu| button to use the Preset
Scan menu.
Text On/Text Off
The Text feature is turned on/off.
Text On
If the |ČżText On| button is displayed (Text
off state), information will not be displayed
even if there is information being transmitted
from the broadcast station.
If the |ČżText Off| button is displayed (Text
on state), then broadcast information will be
displayed. Information may not be displayed
if there is no information being transmitted
from the broadcast station.
̡ۘࢊ ˕ࢠ ୙ࢉ ଗࡁ
Preset Scan
Press the |ȿMenu| button ೛ Press |ȿAuto
Store|
Frequencies saved to the 6 preset buttons
are each played for 5 seconds and the
previous frequency is restored.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Starting Mode
Operating HD Radio Mode
Press the [FM/AM] key to turn on Radio
mode.
Selecting a Frequency
FM1
HD 3
92.9
101.9
105.1
96.9
87.1
91.3
HD 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PS NAME
87.1
Genre
Song Title Song Title Song Title
Artist Artist Artist
Album Album Album
Menu
If an HD Radio broadcast is received, the
radio mode will switch from analog
broadcast to HD Radio broadcast.
Information
• The HD Radio screen is displayed only when
a HD Radio broadcast is being received.
To ensure HD Radio stations are received, turn
the feature on at [Setup] key > [HD Radio] >
[HD Radio Setting]
ೞ
Tagging
As HD Radio reception is included within
Radio mode, the methods of moving
between channels, saving presets,
searching, or methods of searching
frequencies are identical. However, while
the HD Radio related icon display will
become active when within regions where
an HD Radio signal can be received.
Using TUNE
Selecting through Preset
FM1
HD 3
92.9
101.9
105.1
96.9
87.1
91.3
HD 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PS NAME
87.1
Genre
Song Title Song Title Song Title
Artist Artist Artist
Album Album Album
Menu
ඔ
Tagging
Press the [– TUNE•] key to manually select
the frequency.
From the 6 presets, select the HD Radio
broadcast you want to listen to.
Information
• For HD Radio broadcast channels without
sub channels, sub channels will be skipped
and only main channels will be received.
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Song-Tagging
Song-tagging is a feature that song data of
the currently playing broadcast.
Upon connecting an iPod, song information
is transferred to the iPod and can be
downloaded through iTunes.
Information
• Up to 50 songs can be saved if an iPod
device is not connected.
• Song data can be transferred to an iPod only
if there is available space within the device.
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
XM Mode
Basic Mode Screen
XM 2
10
12
Channel
Logo
35
Name
157
Channel
5 Channel 1-3
Title
Title
Artist
Artist
11 Mode Display
Displays currently operating mode
22 Preset
The desired frequency can saved as a preset and
selected.
33
Setting
Display
Displays currently operating features/options
44
Category
Displays the current category
55
Channel
Number
Displays the current channel number
66
Channel
Name
Displays the current channel name
77
Menu
Displays Search, Preset Scan and Scan menus
88
Category
Selection
Buttons
Used to select the previous/next channel
99
List
Displays XM Radio Categories / Channel Lists
10
Search
Used to search for channels by entering channel
numbers
11
Preset Scan
Plays preset frequencies for 5 seconds each
12
Scan
Plays all receivable channels for 5 seconds each
Menu
ೞ
Category
Description
158
Category 1
Category
Ch 15
255
List
10
11
12
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Starting Mode
Press the [SAT] key to change the mode in
order of XM1ČĽ XM22 ČĽ XM3.
Information
ળઝ
• Within category mode, channels within the
current channel will be played.
• Within channel mode, all channels in all
categories will be played.
• If there are no operations for 5 seconds while
in category mode, then channel mode will
automatically be restored.
Using TUNE
When the power is OFF, pressing the [SAT]
key will turn the power on and play a XM
Radio broadcast.
Selecting Presets
From the 6 presets, select the channel you
want to listen to.
Press the [– TUNE•] key to manually select
the channel.
Using SEEK
Press the [• SEEK, TRACK –] key on the
control panel for under 0.8 seconds.
The previous or next channel will be
selected.
Press the < TUNE> key to display the
previous or next channel information. After a
brief moment, the selected channel will be
displayed.
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Saving XM Channels
Selecting through
Channel/Category List
Using the Menu Buttons
Press the |ČżMenu| button to use the Search,
Preset Scan, and Scan menus
Press the |List| button ೛ Select the
desired category and channel
XM 2
10
12
Channel
Logo
35
Category
Channel
Channel 1-3
Title
Title
Artist
Artist
Ch 15
Menu
157
Category 1
ೞ
Category
255
158
List
Saving Manually
After selecting channel ೘Press and
hold (over 0.8 seconds) the preset
button.
Category չ‫ݛ‬ઝ
‫ ؀‬۴੔ ୘ִ
• A 'beep' will sound and the channel is
saved to the selected preset button.
Search
Press the |ȿMenu| button ೛ Press
|ȿSearch| ೛ Enter numbers and press
|Done|
Information
Select the desired category and the channel.
• Six preset frequencies each for XM1/ XM2/
XM3 modes can be stored using the above
instructions.
Once selected, the previous screen will be
restored and the selected channel will begin
playing.
Enter the number of the channel you want to
receive.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
XM Mode
Preset Scan
Press the |ȿMenu| button ೛ Press
|ČżPreset Scan|
Scan
Press the |ČżScan |button to scan all
channels.
Channels saved to the 6 preset buttons are
each played for 5 seconds and the previous
channel is restored.
Starting from the current channel,
channels with superior reception are
scanned for 5 seconds and the previous
channel is restored once scanning is
complete.
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
About Discs
Precautions upon handling discs
After using a disc, put the disc back in its original case to
prevent disc scratches.
Do not use abnormally shaped discs (8cm, heart-shaped,
octagon-shaped) as such discs could lead to malfunctions.
Do not clean discs with chemical solutions, such as record
sprays, antistatic sprays, antistatic liquids, benzene, or
thinners.
Do not expose the disc to direct sunlight or high
temperatures for prolonged
periods of time. Such exposure may lead to disc deformation.
Upon playing a disc contaminated by dirt or other
substances, the sound and video quality may deteriorate and
result in skipping sounds. Writing on either side of the disc
could result in damage to disc surfaces.
Clean fingerprints and dust off the disc surface (coated side)
with a soft cloth.
Copy-protected CDs, such as S-type CDs, may not properly
operate in the device.
Do not disassemble the device. Contact a designated
service center in case of malfunction. (Complete after
service assistance will not be provided if the user
disassembles the device.)
Do not use water to clean the device. Exposure to water
could lead to product malfunction.
Do not to introduce foreign substances into the disc
insert/eject slot. Introducing foreign substances could
damage the device interior.
The device may fail to properly operate in extremely hot or
cold temperatures. (The operating temperature range is: 10Ȕ ~ 65Ȕ)
Steam can become condensed on the fiber-optic lens due to
rain, wet conditions, or upon operating the heating system. In
such cases, discs may not be properly recognized could be
the cause of product malfunction. Remove the disc and wait
until the moisture dries.
Skipping may occur to the audio and video when driving on
bumpy roads for prolonged periods of time or upon severe
shock to the vehicle. In case of severe shock, video and
audio may not properly play.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Disc Format
Supported disc formats
Disc
Type
Disc Format
Device Support
CD
3CD-DA
MP3
WMA
MPEG4 AAC
DTS-CD
CD-RM
CD-G
CD-EXTRA
CD-TEXT
Disc Type
Disc
Type
CD
SACD
Disc Format
3ࢉ৔ (8cm)
5ࢉ৔ (12cm)
CD
CD-R
CD-RW
MultisessionCD
Device Support
O (Read Only)
O (Read Only)
O (Read Only)
SACD (Single,
SACD layer)
O (Only
SACD
layer)
(Hybrid)
By Format according to Disc Type
Disc
Type
CD
Disc Format
Device Support
LPCM
MP3
MEPG1,
Layer3
MEPG2,
Layer3
MEPG2.5
WMA
Ver9
CD
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
ળઝ
This device supports the following disc
formats.
Disc/Content format compatibility
About Discs
Ordinary Disc Compatibility
CD-R/RW Compatibility
This device has been designed/
• This device supports CD-R, CD-RW,
manufactured to be compatible with software and MP3 discs burned in Audio CD formats.
bearing the following logo marks.
• The recording of CD-R and CD-RW
discs with this device is not supported.
• CD-R/RW discs recorded as audio CDs
that were not finalized are not supported
by this device.
• CD-R/RW discs (Audio CD) created
with CD recording devices or PCs may
not properly operate in the device.
• This is a result of various causes, including
disc format, recording method, and
contamination to the disc or lens.
PC-created disc compatibility
• When burning a disc on the PC, the disc
may not operate in this device depending on
the software settings. In such cases, inquire
with the software manufacturer.
• Additional information regarding
compatibility is displayed on the CD-R/RW
software disc box.
• DVD-R/W discs are not compatible with
this device..
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Cautions upon writing CDs
Before playing a MP3 Disc
Supported MP3 File Specification
• Acceptable standard: MPEG1 AUDIO
LAYER 33
• Acceptable sampling frequency: 8, 11.025,
12, 16, 22.05, 24, 32, 44.1,, 48(KHz)
• Acceptable bit rate: 8 ~ 320 (Kbps)
Recommended bit rates and frequency
• Sampling frequency: 96 ~ 192 Kbps
fixed bit rate /44.1kHz
Compressed audio compatibility
• Physical formats of CD: Model 1, Model
2 XA format 1.
• This device supports audio file compressed
through MPEG-1 audio stream layer 3 (MP3)
using 8kbps ~ 320kbps (CBR), VBR..
• For stable operation, the use of files in
95kbps~192kbps bit rate range and 44.1kHz
SAMPLING frequency is recommended.
Notice
• Supported ID3 tags : ID3v1 0, ID3v1 1,
ID3v2 2, ID3v2 3, ID3v2 4
• Supported MP3 Media: : CD-ROM
• Supported media formats: ISO9660 LEVEL1
and LEVEL2
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
ળઝ
• When a multi-session disc is being
recorded, make sure to close the session
before recording.
• If mp3/wma file extensions are changed,
such could result in malfunctions.
• In the case of MP3/WMA, write using
only English. (Other languages are not
supported)
• Unauthorized use of copy-protected
music files is prohibited by law.
• Prolonged use of CD-R/CD-RW products
that do not satisfy related specifications
may result in product malfunction.
• When writing CDs, low-speed writing is
recommended.
• This device supports WMA audio files
using 20kbps ~ 320kbps(CBR), VBR.
• Variable bit rate files may operate, but
the play time information may not be
properly displayed.
• This device only supports tracks with
file extension of ".mp3" or “.wma".
• This device does not support multisession
discs.
• This device supports only 8 layer folders.
• This device supports MP3 ID3 tag versions
of Ver. 1.0, Ver. 1.1, Ver. 2.2, Ver. 2.3, Ver.
2.4. When using discs with other versions,
the ID3 info will not be displayed.
• Although this device has been designated
to be compatible with various bit rates,
playing low bit rate MP3 tracks may result in
low quality sound.
About Discs
Detailed Specification
MP3 File Structure
Recognition occurs through the same folder structure used within the disc.
• Maximum directory layers: 8 layers
• Maximum folder length: 64 bytes, file
name length: 64 bytes
• Supported characters for folder name/
file name: Alphanumeric characters,
Korean standard character set 2350
characters, Simplified Chinese 4888
characters
• Maximum number of folders per disc:
256 folders (including ROOT)
• Maximum number of files per disc: 512 files
Precautions upon burning MP3 files
• The use of ISO 9660 LEVEL 2 JOLIET
format is recommended.
• Up to 32 characters in Korean/Chinese
are supported for file names and up to
20 characters in Korean/Chinese are
supported for folder names.
• The use of CDs exceeding 700M may
result in faulty disc recognition or errors
upon play.
Folder structure as saved in CD-ROM
Folder structure as saved in the system
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
CD Mode
Basic Mode Screen
Name
Mode
Displays currently operating mode
Track Index
Shows the current track/total tracks
Repeat/
Shuffle/ Scan
From Repeat/Shuffle/Scan, displays the currently operating
function
Play Time
Displays the current play time
Track
Track number of current song
Menu
Displays Repeat, Shuffle, Scan, and Info On (Info Off)
menus
Repeat
Repeats the current track
Shuffle
Plays disc tracks in random order
Scan
Scans the beginning parts of disc tracks (approx 10
seconds
per track)
Info Off
(Info On)
Info Off: shows only track info
Info On: shows track info, artist and album info
Ȅempty when there is no corresponding information.
Previous Track
• When the play time is under 2 seconds: Moves to the
previous track
• When the play time is over 2 seconds: Plays the current
song from the beginning
12
Play/ Pause
Plays/pauses the current track
13
Next Track
Moves to the next track
14
List
Moves to the track list screen
15
Artist Info
Displays artist info for current song
(Will not be displayed if the information does not exist)
16
Album Info
Displays album info for current song
(Will not be displayed if the information does not exist)
10
15
16
Description
11
10
14
11
12
13
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
ળઝ
Starting Mode
Information
Fast-forwarding or Rewinding CD Tracks
• CD mode will automatically start once a CD is
inserted.
Press the [MEDIA] key ೛Press |CD|
Playing a CD
While Playing ೛ Press and hold the [–SEEK
TRACK•] key (over 0.8
seconds)
This will rewind or fast-forward the track.
While the [–SEEK TRACK•] key is
being pressed, the track will rewind or
fast-forward at 20x speed.
Once released, the track will begin playing
at normal speed.
Notice
• Only genuine audio CDs are supported. Other
discs may result in recognition failure (e.g. copy
CD-R, CDs with labels)
• Press the |೛| button to play the track.
• Press the |ll| button to pause the track.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
CD Mode
Searching CD Tracks
Using the Menu Buttons
Press the |ȿMenu| button ೛ Press
|ČżShuffle|
Tracks within the disc are played in random
order.
Information
• Press the |ȿShuffle| button again to turn the
shuffle option off.
Scan
Press the |ȿMenu| button೛ Press |ȿScan|
When searching tracks, the track number is
displayed in blue. Pressing the [ENTER] key
will play the corresponding track.
Information
• If the [–TUNE•] key is not pressed within 5
seconds of searching tracks, the track info for
the current track is restored.
Repeat
Press the |ȿMenu| button ೛Press
|ČżRepeat|
The current track is repeated.
The beginning (approx 10 seconds) of
all tracks within the CD are scanned.
Information
• Press the |ȿScan| button again to turn the
scan option off.
Information
Press the |ČżRepeat| button again to turn off
repeat. If nothing is selected, then all tracks will
be played in sequential order.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
ળઝ
Press the [–TUNE•] key ೛ Search tracks
೛ Once the desired track name is displayed,
Press the |ČżMenu| button to set the repeat,
press the [ENTER] key
shuffle, scan and Info On/Info Off menus.
Shuffle
Info On/Info Off
Press the |ȿMenu| button ೛ Press the
|ČżInfo on|
The amount of information displayed on the
screen can be selected. The title, artist, and
album info are additionally displayed and the
button will automatically change to |ČżInfo
Off|. Press |ČżInfo Off| to restore the
previous information display setting.
Information
• Artist/album info are supported within Text
CDs.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
MP3 CD Mode
Basic Mode Screen
Name
Mode
Displays currently operating mode
File Index
Shows the current MP3 file/total number of MP3 files
Repeat/ Shuffle/
Normal Play
From Repeat All/Repeat One Song/Repeat
Folder/Shuffle Folder/Shuffle All/Folder Scan/Scan All,
displays the currently operating function
Play Time
Displays the current play time
Folder Time
Displays Folder Name for current file
File Name
Displays the name of the current file
Menu
Displays Copy, Repeat, Shuffle, Scan and Info On (Info
Off) menus
List
Moves to the list screen
Copy
Copies the currently playing file into My Music

Repeat
Repeats the current file (each time the button is
pressed, changes in order of Repeat Once ČĽ Repeat
Folder ČĽ Off).

Shuffle
Plays files in random order (each time the button is
pressed, changes option in order of Shuffle Folder ČĽ
Shuffle All ČĽ Off)

Scan
Scans the beginning parts of MP3 files (approx. 10
seconds per file)
(Each time the button is pressed, changes option in
order of Folder Scan ČĽ Scan All ČĽ Off)

Info Off
(Info On)
Changes the display method between Info Off/Info On
• Info Off: shows folder name/file name
• Info On: shows folder name, file name, title, artist, and
album info

Previous File
• When the play time is under 2 seconds: Moves to the
previous file
• When the play time is over 2 seconds: Plays the
current file from the beginning

Play/Pause
Plays/pauses the current file

Next File
Moves to the next file







ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
ળઝ
Description
List Menu Screen

Name
Description
 Folder Name
Folder name of current list
 Current Song
Shows current file name highlighted
 Back button
Converts to basic mode screen
 Previous list
Moves to the previous list
 Next list
Moves to the next list
 List page
Shows current file list page/total number of pages
 List Focus
Creates focus upon operating Tune
 Home Folder
Moves to home folder
 Parent Folder
Moves to the parent folder
 Now Playing
When moving to a different list screen, moves to the
list page where the current file is located.
Becomes disabled when the current list includes the
current file.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
MP3 CD Mode
Starting Mode
• MP3 mode automatically starts when an MP3
disc is inserted.
• If there are numerous songs and folders
within the disc, reading time could take more
than 10 seconds and the list may not be
displayed or song searches may not operate.
Once loading is complete, try again.
• Only genuine audio CDs are supported.
Other discs may result in recognition failure
(e.g. copy CD-R, CDs with labels)
Selecting MP3 files
Selecting from the Mode Screen
• Press the [–SEEK TRACK•] keys to select
the previous or next file.
•Pressing and holding the[–SEEK TRACK•]
keys will rewind or fast-forwarding the
current file.
Playing MP3
• Press the |೛| button to play the file.
• Press the |ll| button to pause the file.
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
ળઝ
Press the [MEDIA] key ೛Press |MP3|
Information
Using Menus within List
Screen
Searching MP3 Files
Press the |ȿList| button ೛ Select the file
from the list
Press the [–TUNE•] key ೛ Search files ೛
Once the desired file name is displayed,
press the [ENTER] key
Fast-forwarding or
Rewinding MP3 Files
While playing ೛Press and hold the [–SEEK
TRACK•] key (over 0.8 seconds)
When searching files, the file number is
displayed in blue. Pressing the [ENTER] key
will play the corresponding file.
Information
This will rewind or fast-forward the file.
While the [–SEEK TRACK•] key is
being pressed, the file will rewind or
fast-forward at 20x speed.
Once released, the file will begin playing
at normal speed.
• If the [–TUNE•] key is not pressed within 5
seconds of searching files, the file info for the
current track is restored.
Using the Menu Buttons
Press the |ČżMenu| button to set the copy,
repeat, shuffle, scan, and Info On/Off
options.
Copy
Press the |ȿMenu| button ೛ Press |ȿCopy|
The currently playing file is copied and
saved in My Music.
Information
• Copied and saved files can be played within
My Music mode.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
MP3 CD Mode
Repeat
Each time the button is pressed, the option
is changed from Repeat Once ČĽ Off.
Information
• Repeat Once: repeats the current file
• Repeat Folder : repeats all files in current
folder
Shuffle
Press the |ȿMenu| button ೛ Press
|ČżShuffle|
Press the |ȿMenu| button ೛ Press |ȿScan|
Each time the button is pressed, the option
is changed from Folder Scan ČĽScan All ČĽ
Off.
Using Menus within List Screen
Moving between Lists
Press |ȿList| button ೛ Press the |ɀ|,|Ɂ|
buttons
Information
• Folder Scan : scans files in current folder.
• Scan All: scans all files in the disc.
Info On/Info Off
Press the |ȿMenu| button ೛ Press
|ČżInfo On|
The amount of information displayed on
Each time the button is pressed, the option
is changed from Shuffle Folder ČĽ Shuffle All the screen can be selected.
The title, artist, and album info are
ČĽ Off.
additionally displayed and the button will
automatically change to |ČżInfo Off|. Press
|ČżInfo Off| to restore the previous
Information
information display setting.
• Shuffle Folder : plays files in current folder in
random order.
• Shuffle All : plays all files in DISC in random
order.
Notice
• The title, artist and album info are displayed
only when such information is recorded within
the MP3 file ID3 tag.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
ળઝ
Press the |ȿMenu| button ೛ Press
|ČżRepeat|
Scan
If five (5) or more files or folders exist the
same folder, in the list will be displayed
across two or more pages.
Press the |ɀ|, |Ɂ| cursor buttons to
quickly find the desired page
Moving between folders
Press the |ȿ| button ೛ Select folder
from the folder list
Information
• If there are no more parent folders, both
|Home|,|Čż| buttons will be disabled.
Returning to current location
While searching files within other folders,
press the |Now Playing| button to return to
the currently playing file screen.
Information
• A lag may occur in displaying the previous/
next list page depending on the file
name or file size.
Pressing the |Čż| button will move to the
folder one level above the current folder.
Pressing the |Home| button folder will
move to the root folder.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
USB Mode
About USB
Before playing a USB MP3
Files that are not standard format music/image files will not
be played.
For MP3/WMA files, only music files with compression rates
between 8Kbps ~ 320Kbps can be played.
Avoid contact between the USB connector with bodily
parts/foreign objects..
Repeated connecting/disconnecting of USB devices within
short periods of time may result in product malfunction.
Make sure to connect/disconnect external USB devices with
the audio power turned off.
Heed caution to static electricity when
connecting/disconnecting external USB devices.
The amount of time required to recognize the external USB
device may differ depending on the type, size, or file formats
stored on the USB. Such differences in required time are not
indications of malfunction.
Encoded MP3 Players will not be recognized when
connected as an external device.
The use of USB devices for purposes other than playing
music and image files is prohibited.
When connecting an external USB device, the device may
not properly recognize the USB is in some states.
Do not use the USB I/F to charge batteries or USB
accessories that generate heat. Such acts may lead to
worsened performance or damage to the device.
Only products formatted with byte/sectors under 64Kbyte will
be recognized.
This device recognizes USB devices formatted in FAT
12/16/32 file formats. This device does not recognize files in
NTFS file format.
The device may not recognize the USB device if separately
purchased USB hubs and extension cables are being used.
Connect the USB directly with the multimedia terminal of the
vehicle.
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
ળઝ
Connect the USB device after turning on the engine. The USB
device may become damaged if it is already connected when
the ignition is turned on.
Some USB devices may not be supported due to
compatibility issues.
When using mass storage USB devices with separate logical
drives, only files saved to the root drive can be played.
When application programs are installed to specific USBs,
files may not properly play.
USB memory sticks used by connecting an Adaptor (SD
Type or CF Type) may not be properly recognized.
Only use Plug type connector products, as shown in the
figure below.
The device may not operate normally if MP3 Players, cellular
phones, digital cameras, or other electronic devices (USB
devices not recognized as portable disk drives) are
connected with the device.
Charging through the USB may not work for some mobile
devices.
The device may not support normal operation when using a
USB memory type besides Metal Cover Type USB Memory.
The device may not support normal operation when using
formats such as HDD Type, CF, or SD Memory.
Upon playing iPods, please use a dedicated iPod car cable.
Normal operations cannot be guaranteed when other cables
are being used.
The device will not support files locked by DRM (Digital
Rights Management.)
Product Name
Manufacturer
XTICK
LG
BMK
BMK Technology
SKY-DRV
Sky Digital
TRANSCEND JetFlash
Transcend
Sandisk Cruzer
SanDisk
Micro ZyRUS
ZyRUS
NEXTIK
Digiworks
Information
• Problems that occur through use of USB devices not listed within
the above table are not covered by the product warranty.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
USB Mode
MP3 USB Information and Precautions
Name
Recommended
bit rates and
sampling
frequency
Specification: MPEG1 AUDIO LAYER 3
• In cases that are not fixed bit rates, the play time may not be
properly displayed.
• If a problem occurs while playing or when playing an unsupported
video format file, use an up-to-date encoding software
to change the format for use.
Acceptable sampling frequency: 32, 44.1, 48
(KHz)
Acceptable bit rate: 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96,
112, 128, 160, 192, 224, 256, 320 (Kbps)
96, 128, 192 Kbps fixed bit rate/ 44.1KHz
ID3 tag
Supports ID3v1.0 and ID3v1.1, ID3v2.2, ID3v2.3,
ID3v2.4 ID3 tags
Detailed
Specifications
Maximum directory layers: 20 layers
Maximum length of folder name/file name:
255Bytes
Supported characters for folder name/file name:
Alphanumeric characters, Korean standard
character
set 2350 characters, Simplified Chinese 4888
characters
Maximum number of folders which can be stored
onto one USB: 2000 folders (including ROOT)
Maximum number of files which can be stored
onto
one USB: 8000
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
ળઝ
MP3 File
Specification
Description
Information
Basic Mode Screen
Name
USB Music Mode
Mode
Displays currently operating mode
File Index
Shows the current file/total files within the USB
Repeat /
Shuffle /Scan
From Repeat All/Repeat One Song/Repeat Folder/Shuffle
Folder/Shuffle All/Folder Scan/Scan All, displays the
currently operating function
Play Time
Displays the current play time/total play time
Folder Name
Displays folder Displays the name of the current file
File Name
Displays the name of the current file
Menu
Displays Copy, Repeat, Shuffle, Scan and Info On (Info
Off) menus
List
Moves to the list screen
Copy
Copies the currently playing file into My Music

Repeat
Repeats the current file (each time the button is pressed,
changes in order of Repeat Once ČĽ Repeat Folder ČĽ
Off)

Shuffle
Plays files in random order (each time the button is
pressed, changes option in order of Shuffle Folder ČĽ
Shuffle All ČĽ Off)

Scan
Scans the beginning parts of USB files (approx. 10
seconds per file)
Each time the button is pressed, changes option in order
of Folder Scan ČĽ Scan All ČĽ Off)

Info Off
(Info On)
• Info Off: shows folder name/file name
• Info On: shows folder name, file name, title, artist, and
album info

Previous File
• When the play time is under 2 seconds: Moves to the
previous file
• When the play time is over 2 seconds: Plays the current
file from the beginning

Play/ Pause
Plays/pauses the current file

Next File
Moves to the next file







Description
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
USB Image Mode
Name
 Mode
Displays currently operating mode
 Folder Name
Displays folder name where image is located
 File Name
Name of image file
 File Index
Shows the current image file/total image files within
the USB
 Menu
Displays Slideshow, Rotate Image, Adjust Image
Size, Save Image, and Info menus (Press the
button again to hide the buttons)
 Previous Image
Shows previous image
 Next Image
Shows next image
 List
Moves to the list screen
 Slideshow
View images as slideshow in 5, 10, 20, 30 second
intervals

 Rotate Image



Description
Adjust Image
Size
Rotate image in clockwise direction
Enlarge/reduce (zoom-in/zoom-out) image size
 Save Image
Add image as frame screen displayed when the
system power is turned off
 Info
Shows the file name, resolution and file type of
current image

ߖ࢕ࢵࢠ 6DYH,PDJH !6DYHDV)UDPHࡳԻ ‫ض‬ˁ ʦੵ
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
ળઝ
USB Mode
Starting USB Music Mode
Information
• Once a USB is connected, USB Music
Press the [MEDIA] key ೛ Press |USB Music| mode will operate automatically.
• If a previously played USB is reconnected,
then the song after the most recently played
song is played. However, if a different USB is
connected or the file information within the
USB was changed, then the USB file order
information is deleted and will start playing
from the first song within the USB
Searching USB Music Files
While Playing ೛Press the |<|,|>| buttons or
the [–SEEK TRACK•] key to play the
previous/next file
Playing USB Music
• Pressing and holding the [–SEEK TRACK•]
keys (over 0.8 seconds) will
rewind or fast-forward the current file.
• While the [–SEEK TRACK•] key is
being pressed, the track will rewind or
fast-forward at high speeds. Once the
key is released, the USB Music will begin
playing at normal speed.
If the USB is not connected, then the |USB
Music| button will be disabled.
• Press the |೛| button to play the USB Music.
• Press the |ll| button to pause USB Music.
Information
• The |<|, |>| buttons displayed on the screen
allow you to select the previous/next file.
These buttons will not rewind or fast-forward
the file.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Using the Menu Buttons
Press the |ȿMenu| button ೛ Press
|ČżRepeat|
Shuffle
Press the |ȿmenu| button ೛ Press
|ČżCopy|
The currently playing file is copied and
saved in My Music.
Information
• Copied and saved files can be played within
My Music mode.
Press the |ȿMenu| button ೛ Press |ȿScan|
Each time the button is pressed, the option is
Each time the button is pressed, the option is changed from Folder Scan ČĽScan All ČĽ Off.
changed from Repeat Once ČĽ Off.
Information
Information
• Repeat Once: repeats the current file
• Repeat Folder : repeats all files in current
folder
Copy
Scan
• Folder Scan : Searches files within the
current folder.
• Scan All: Scans files within the USB in
random order.
Info On/Info Off
Press the |ȿMenu| button ೛ Press
|ČżShuffle|
Press the |ȿMenu| button ೛ Press
|ČżInfo On|
Each time the button is pressed, the option
is changed from Shuffle Folder ČĽ Shuffle All
ČĽ Off.
The screen display can be set differently
depending on user selection.
The title, artist, and album info are
additionally displayed and the button is
changed to|ČżInfo Off|
Press |ČżInfo Off| to restore the previous
information display setting.
Information
• Shuffle Folder : Plays files within the current
folder in random order.
• Shuffle All : Plays files within the USB in
random order.
Information
• The title, artist and album info are displayed
only when such information is recorded within
the MP3 file ID3 tag.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
ળઝ
Press the |ČżMenu| button to set the Copy,
Repeat, Shuffle, Scan, Info On (Info Off)
menus.
Repeat
USB Mode
Starting USB Image Mode
Press the [MEDIA] key ೛Press |USB Image|
Searching USB Image Files
While Playing ೛Press the |<|,|>| buttons to
view the previous/next image
Using the Menu Buttons
Press the|ČżMenu| button to set the
Slideshow, Rotate Image, Adjust Image
Size, Save Image and Info menus.
Information
• Press the |ȿList| button to view the list
of USB images.
Slideshow Interval
Press the |ȿMenu| button ೛ Press
|ČżSlideshow|
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Image slideshow intervals can be set at
|5sec|, |10sec|, |20sec|, |30sec| intervals
Press the |ȿMenu| button ೛ Press
|ȿAdjusting Image Size| ೛Press |Done|
Saving Image
Press the |ȿMenu| button ೛ Press |ȿSave
Image|
ળઝ
Rotating Image
Adjusting Image Size
Information
• For details on using the picture frame,
refer to the Picture Frame Settings within
Setup.
Press the |ȿMenu| button ೛ Press
|ȿRotate Image| ೛ Press |Done|
Viewing Info
Press the |ȿMenu| button ೛ Press
|ČżInfo|
Press the |-|, |+| buttons to enlarge or
reduce the image size. The scale can be
changed from 1/4, 1/2, 1x, 2x, to 4x.
Each time the |ČżRotate| button is pressed,
the image is rotated from 0 ČĽ 90 ČĽ 180 ČĽ
270 degrees.
Information
• Rotated images are not saved.
• The image will restore its original angle
when returning to it after viewing a different
image.
This menu is used to check image
information, such as the image resolution
and file type.
Information
• Enlarged or reduced images are not
Saved. The image will restore its original size
when returning to it after viewing a different
image.
• If the image cannot be fully displayed
on the screen, touch the image to move
the screen.
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
iPod Mode
Using iPod Devices
iPod is a registered trademark of Apple Inc.
iPod mode will not operate if the connected iPod cannot be
recognized due to operation of unsupported versions that do
not support related protocols, iPod abnormalities, or iPod
device defects. Some iPods with unsupported
communication protocols may not properly operate in the
Navigation system.
• For fifth generation iPod Nano devices, the iPod may not
be recognized when the battery level is low. Please charge
the iPod for use.
Search/play orders shown within the iPod device may differ
with the orders shown within the Navigation system.
If the iPod malfunctions due to an iPod device defect, reset
the iPod and try again. (To learn more, refer to your iPod
manual)
• For some iPod Touch and iPhone devices, connecting
BluetoothÂŽ while the iPod is operating may result in
discontinued iPod sound. When such devices with
BluetoothÂŽ support is connected, this problem occurs as the
sound source is changed from the Dock Connector (USB
connector cable) to Bluebird (BluetoothÂŽ Module).
To listen to the iPod sound, re-connect the USB cable or exit
then re-enter iPod mode.
In order to use the iPod while operating the keys, you must
use a dedicated iPod cable. (the cable that is supplied when
purchasing iPod/iPhone products)
During ACC ON state, connecting the iPod through the iPod
cable (the cable that is supplied when purchasing iPod/
iPhone products), will charge the iPod through the head unit.
ȉ The use of genuine iPod cables supplied by Apple is
recommended. (The use of other products may result in
noise or abnormal operation)
When connecting with the iPod cable, make sure to fully
insert the jack to prevent communication interference. If the
iPod is connected to the vehicle while it is playing, a high
pitch tone may sound for about 1~2 seconds immediately
after connection. If possible, connect the iPod to the vehicle
with the iPod stopped/paused.
Within iPhones, streaming audio and iPod control may
occasionally conflict. If problems persist, remove the iPhone
and connect again.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Some iPod versions may not sync with the system. then the
system may not properly restore the previously operated
mode. (For iPads, battery charging is not supported.)
• Operation is supported and Apple Inc. certified: ɂ
• Operation is supported but uncertified: ೚
Device/Gener
ation
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
iPod Mini
Not Supported
iPod Shuffle
Not Supported
ળઝ
Applications that are not exclusively used as iPod
Applications within iPhone/iPod Touch devices are not
supported.
Supported iPod devices
5th
6th
Steps upon Initial Connection
Search Steps may differ depending on the type of iPod device.
1 Step
2 Step
3 Step
4 Step
Play List name
(category is same as iPod)
Play List
Play List
Artist
Artist
Artist
Name
Album
Name
Album
Album
Album
Name
Song
Name
Genre
Genre
Genre
Name
Artist
Name
Song
Song
Composer
Compos
er
Song
Name
Album
Name
Song Name
Compos
er
Name
Album
Name
iPod Nano
iPod Touch
iPod Classic
Not Released
iPod with
video
Not Released
5 Step
Not Released
Song
Name
Device/Type
3GS
4G
4S
iPhone
Not Released
೚
Song
Name
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
iPod Mode
Basic Mode Screen
Name
Description
 Mode
Displays currently operating mode
 File Index
Shows the current file/total files within the iPod
 Repeat /
From Repeat Once/Shuffle Category/Shuffle
Random,
displays the currently operating function
Shuffle






 Play Time
Displays the current play time/total play time
 Title
Displays name of current title
 Artist Info
Artist name
 Album Info
Album name
 Menu
Displays Repeat, Shuffle, and Info On (Info Off)
menus
 Previous File
Moves to the previous file
 Play/ Pause
Plays/pauses the current file
 Next File
Moves to the next file
 List
Moves to the list screen
 Repeat
Repeats the currently playing file.
 Shuffle
Plays files in random order (each time the button
is pressed, changes option in order of Shuffle
Category ČĽ Shuffle Album ČĽ Off)
 Info Off
Changes the display method between Info Off/Info
On
• Info Off: Shows title, artist, and album Info
• Info On: Shows title, artist, album, genre, and
composer info
(Info on)
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Starting Mode
Information
• Once an iPod is connected, iPod mode
will operate automatically.
Press the |ČżList| button to display the
initial iPod list screen.
ળઝ
Press the [MEDIA] key೛ Press |ȿiPod|
Searching iPod
Notice
• Some iPods with unsupported communication
protocols may not properly operate in the
Navigation system.
Playing iPod
If the iPod is not connected, then the
|ČżiPod| button will be disabled.
• Press the |೛| button to play the iPod.
• Press the |ll| button to pause the iPod.
When searching an iPod, it is possible to
search by playlists, artists, albums, songs,
genres, composers, audiobooks, and
Podcasts.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
iPod Mode
Searching iPod Files
Information
• If the search mode is accessed while
playing a song, the most recently searched
step is displayed.
• Search steps upon initial connection may
differ depending on the type of iPod device.
Press the [–TUNE•] key ೛ Search files ೛
Once the desired file name is displayed,
press the [ENTER] key
Selecting iPod file
While Playing ೛ Press the |<|,|>| buttons or
the [–SEEK TRACK•] key to play the
previous/next file
Pressing and holding the [–SEEK TRACK•]
keys (over 0.8 seconds) will rewind or fastforward the current song.
When searching files, the file number is
displayed in blue. Pressing the [ENTER] key
will play the corresponding file.
Information
• If the [–TUNE•] key is not pressed within 5
seconds of searching files, the file info for the
current track is restored.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Using the Menu Buttons
Press the|ȿMenu| button ೛ Press
|ČżShuffle|
ળઝ
Press the |ČżMenu| button to set the
Repeat, Shuffle, and Info On (Info Off)
menus.
Shuffle
Information
• Each time the |ȿShuffle| button is pressed,
the option is changed from Shuffle Category ČĽ
Shuffle Album ČĽ Off.
• Shuffle Category : Plays files within the
current category in random order.
• Shuffle Album : Plays files within the
current category in random order.
Info On/Info Off
Repeat
Press the|ȿMenu| button ೛ Press
|ČżRepeat|
Information
Press the|ȿMenu| button ೛ Press |ȿInfo
On|
The screen display can be set differently
depending on user selection.
The title, artist, and album info are
additionally displayed and the button is
changed to |ČżInfo Off|
Press |ČżInfo Off| to restore the previous
display setting.
• The currently playing file is repeated.
• Press the |ȿRepeat| button again to turn off
repeat.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
AUX Mode
Starting Mode
Press the [MEDIA] key ೛ Press |ȿAUX|
Information
Connecting an External Device
• If an external device connector is connected
with the AUX terminal, then AUX mode will
automatically operate. Once the connector is
disconnected, the previous mode will be
restored.
• AUX mode can be used only when an
external audio player (camcorder, car VCR,
etc.) has been connected.
• The AUX volume can be controlled
separately from other AV modes.
Notice
• Connecting a connector jack to the AUX
terminal without an external device will convert
the system to AUX mode, but only output noise.
When an external device is not being used,
also remove the connector jack.
• When the external device power is connected
to the power jack, playing the external device
may output noise. In such cases, disconnect
the power connection before use.
External AUDIO players can be played
through a dedicated cable. The position of
the AUX jack is at the top of the gear box
located between the driver and passenger
seats.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
BluetoothÂŽ Audio Mode
Basic Mode Screen
Name
Description
11
Mode
Displays currently playing mode
22
Phone Name
Displays name of connected phone
33
Title
Name of current song
44
Artist Info
Name of current artist
55
Play
Plays BluetoothÂŽ Audio
66
Pause
Pauses BluetoothÂŽ audio
Connections
Displays the Connections screen.
Information
• The title/artist info may not be supported in some mobile phones.
When not supported, a symbol will be displayed.
• The play/pause feature may operate differently depending on the
mobile phone.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
ળઝ
BluetoothÂŽ Audio Mode
Using BluetoothÂŽ Audio
BluetoothÂŽ Audio Mode can be used
only when a BluetoothÂŽ phone has been
connected.
Starting Mode
Playing BluetoothÂŽ Audio
Press the [MEDIA] Key ೛ Press
|ČżBluetooth Audio|
While BluetoothÂŽ Audio is playing, if the
BluetoothÂŽ phone is connected, then the
music will also stop.
BluetoothÂŽ streaming audio may not be
supported in some
mobile phones.
• Press the |೛| button to play files saved
within the BluetoothÂŽ phone.
• Press the |ll| button to pause the file.
Information
• If the Bluetooth® audio does not play,
|ȿSetup| ೛ |ȿBluetooth| ೛ |ȿStreaming
Audio Setting| ೛ If the option is set to |Off|
change to |On| and try again.
Information
If the BluetoothÂŽ device is not connected, then
the |ČżBluetooth Audio| button will be disabled.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Selecting BluetoothÂŽ Audio
While Playing ೛ Press the [–SEEK TRACK•]
key ೛ Select the previous/next file
Setting Connection
Information
Name
 Help
Displays BluetoothÂŽ Help
screen
 Add New
Pair a new BluetoothÂŽ device
Connect/
• The title/artist info may not be supported in
some mobile phones. When not supported,
a symbol will be displayed.
• The play/pause feature may operate
differently depending on the mobile phone.
Description
 Disconnect
Connect or disconnect a
BluetoothÂŽ device
 Delete
Delete a paired BluetoothÂŽ
device
 Delete All
Delete all paired BluetoothÂŽ
devices
 Auto
Set BluetoothÂŽ phone Auto
Connection upon starting car
ignition
Connection
Information
• If music is not yet playing from your mobile
device after converting to streaming audio
(Bluetooth® Audio) mode, pressing the |೛|
button once may begin mode play. Check to
see whether music is playing from the
BluetoothÂŽ device after converting to
streaming audio mode. The Streaming audio
feature may not be supported in some mobile
phones.
For more information on mobile phone
compatibility, visit the Hyundai Motor website
(http://www.hyundaiusa.com).
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
ળઝ
Press the |Connections| button to add a new
BluetoothÂŽ phone, connect/disconnect, delete,
delete all, or view the Help section.
My Music Mode
Basic Mode Screen
Name
Mode
Displays currently operating mode
File Index
Shows the current file/total files within the iPod
Repeat/Shuffle
/ Scan
From Repeat Once/Shuffle Category/Shuffle Random,
displays the currently operating function
Play Time
Displays the current play time/total play time
File
Displays the name of the current file
Menu
Displays Repeat, Shuffle, Scan and Info On (Info Off)
menus
Repeat
Repeats the current file
Shuffle
Plays files in random order
Scan
Scans the beginning parts of files (approx. 10 seconds per
file)
Info Off
(Info on)
Changes the display method between Info Off/Info On
• Info Off: shows file name
• Info On: shows file name, title, artist, and album info


Previous File
When the play time is under 2 seconds: Moves to the
previous file
• When the play time is over 2 seconds: Plays the current
file from the beginning

Play/Pause
Plays/pauses the current file

Next File
Moves to the next file
List
Moves to the list screen
Title Info
Displays the song title (Not displayed when information is
not available)
Artist Info
Displays the artist information(Not displayed when
information is not available)
Album Info
splays the album information(Not displayed when
information is not available)










Description


૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Starting Mode
Playing My Music
While Playing ೛Press the |<|,|>| buttons or
the [–SEEK TRACK•] key to play the
previous/next file
• Press the |೛| button to play the file.
• Press the |ll| button to pause the file.
• Pressing and holding the [–SEEK
TRACK•] keys (over 0.8 seconds) will
rewind or fast-forward the current file.
• While the [–SEEK TRACK•] key is
being pressed, the track will rewind or
fast-forward at high speeds. Once the
key is released, the USB Music will begin
playing at normal speed.
Information
• The |<|, |>| buttons displayed on the screen
allow you to select the previous/next file.
• These buttons will not rewind or fast-forward
the file.
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
ળઝ
Press the [MEDIA] Key ೛ Press |My Music|
Selecting My Music
My Music Mode
Using the Menu Buttons
Shuffle
Press the |ȿMenu| button ೛ Press
Press the |ČżMenu| button to set the Repeat, |ČżShuffle|
Shuffle, Scan, Info On (Info Off) menus.
When turned on, files are played in random
order.
Information
Press the |ČżShuffle| button again to turn the
shuffle option off.
Scan
Repeat
Press the |ȿMenu| button ೛ Press
|ČżShuffle|
Press the |ȿMenu| button ೛ Press
|ČżRepeat|
The beginning (approx 10 seconds) of
all files are scanned.
Information
The currently playing file is repeated.
• Press the |ȿScan| button again to turn the
scan option off.
Info On/ Info Off
Press the |ȿMenu| button ೛ Press
|ČżInfo On|
The screen display can be set differently
depending on user selection.
The title, artist, and album info are
additionally displayed and the button is
changed to|ČżInfo Off|
Press |ČżInfo Off| to restore the previous
information display setting.
Information
The title, artist and album info are displayed
only when such information is recorded within
the MP3 file ID3 tag.
Information
Press the |ČżRepeat| button again to turn off
repeat. If nothing is selected, then all files will
be played in sequential order.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Using Menus within List Screen
While searching files within other folders,
press the |Now Playing| button to return to
the currently playing file screen.
Deleting Files
Press the |ȿList| button ೛ Select the files to
delete ೛ Press |ȿDelete Items|
ળઝ
Moving between Lists
Returning to current location
Press the |ȿList| button ೛ Press | ɀ |, |Ɂ|
buttons
Information
If six (6) or more files or folders exist the
same folder, in the list will be displayed
across two or more pages.
Press the |ɀ|, |Ɂ| cursor buttons to quickly
find the desired page.
• The audio system will not operate while files
are being deleted.
• If the currently playing file is deleted, the next
file will begin playing.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Memo
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
3
Navigation
• Before Use
• Starting Navigation
• Using the Navigation
• Map Landmarks and Logos
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Before Use
Precautions for safe driving
Please observe and comply with local traffic rules and regulations.
Some features cannot be operated while driving for your
safety. Features that cannot be operated will be disabled.
The route displayed for destination guidance is a reference
that will take you to the vicinity of your destination.
This does not always refer to the shortest distance route,
route with the least traffic or the fastest route.
Road, name, and POI information may not always been
completely updated. Some places may not include up to
date information.
The position of the vehicle within the navigation may differ
from your actual location depending on various reasons,
including the satellite transmission state, vehicle state
(driving location and conditions), etc. Additionally, the car
position mark may differ from the actual position if the map
data is different from the actual road landscape, such as
changes due to the construction of new roads. If such
differences occur, driving for a short period of time will
automatically correct the position of the vehicle through map
matching or GPS information (several minutes may be
necessary in certain cases).
The car position mark does not always indicate your
exact location. This system uses GPS information, various
sensors, and road map data to display the current
position. However, errors in displaying your location may
occur if the satellite is transmitting inaccurate signals or
two or less satellite signals can be received. Errors that
occur in such conditions cannot be corrected.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Operating the Navigation
The navigation can be operated via touch. Touch the
corresponding button on the screen to operate.
ળઝ
If the button does not respond, take your finger off the
screen and try again.
When a button function is operating, the color of the selected
button will be displayed differently.
To return to the previous screen, press the |ȿࢇࢷ| button
Press the |ȿࢇࢷ| button to cancel functions that can
operate on the current screen.
(Some functions may not be canceled.)
Information
• Buttons that cannot be operated will be disabled.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Before Use
About the Map
Some roads, site names and facility
information may have changed after map
data update and may differ with actual
road conditions.
About Map Scale
• If |100m| is displayed on the left side of the
map, this represents a map scale of 1/10,000.
• For more information on Changing
Map Scale, refer to the ‘Changing Map
Scale’ section.
About Map Icons
Actual Distance
Level
mi/ft
km / m
150ft
50m
300ft
100 m
700 ft
200 m
0.25 mi
400 m
0.5 mi
800 m
1 mi
1.6 km
2 mi
3.2 km
4 mi
6.4 km
8 mi
12 km
10
16 mi
25 km
11
32 mi
50km
12
64 mi
100 km
13
130 mi
200 km
14
250 mi
400 km
Icons displayed on the map may differ
from actual conditions. Multiple icons
may also be displayed as one mark.
About Map Database
Unlicensed map copying in any form, in
full or in part, is strictly prohibited.
About Map Updates
• Map updates can be downloaded from the
designated website (http://www.hyundaiusa.com)
and updated through the SD card.
• For more information, refer to the ‘System
Update’ section in Setup.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
About Voice Recognition
Voice Guidance
Voice guidance is provided in the following instances.
Example of voice guidance during
destination guidance
In front of an intersection:
In about a half mile, turn right.
After a moment, turn right
Upon entering a toll road
You must turn right in a moment.
You are reaching an
expressway. There is a toll gate
ahead.
You are near you
destination. Voice
guidance will end.
Information
• The above voice guidance examples are
normal cases. However, the actual voice
guidance may differ depending on the road
type.
• If the car position is not accurately measured,
then voice guidance may not be given, or may
be given later or improperly.
• It is possible to adjust the Navigation
guidance volume.
About GPS
GPS (Global Position System) :
GPS is a system developed and operated
by the United States which determines the
current location of the user (Longitude/
Latitude, Coordinates, etc.) by generally
using 4 or more satellites. This system is
used with related GPS information, various
sensors, road map data, and other related
information for the purposes of navigation.
For more information on GPS, refer to Part 5
‘GPS Information’.
Guidance when using other modes
• Voice guidance will continue even
when converting from the navigation
screen to a different mode screen.
Information
Even when voice guidance has been muted,
destination guidance will continued to be
provided.
ȄPlease use voice guidance only as a
reference to assist in your driving.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
ળઝ
During destination guidance, voice
guidance will be provided when reaching
an intersection or you are nearby the
destination.
ࡸ‫߇۽‬ΰ߾ оଞ ‫ی‬ତࡵ ࡸ‫ ࣏ॳ ࡶݥࢉ۽‬ଜ
‫؂ ̛ݤ‬ԇТЬ.
Example of voice guidance when
arriving at the destination
In front of the destination :
Starting Navigation
Map Screen
11
Name
Description
10
Car Direction
Used to set split map and shows map display mode
and
GPS status
Map Scale
Shows current map scale
Function/ Info Window
Shows map function buttons or current position info
Current Position
Info Window
Shows current road name and destination name in 5
second intervals
Route Guidance
Mode Conversion
Switches route guidance mode between preliminary
guidance mode, motorway mode and TBT mode
Quick Menu
Allows users to easily and quickly access desired
menus
Current Time
Shows the time
ETA/Remaining Time
Shows the ETA (Estimated time of arrival),
remaining time and distance from current position to
the destination
Preliminary Guidance
Provides distance, direction guidance at turn points
and directions within the set route
10
Destination Direction
Shows the direction to the destination from the
current position through the dotted line
Lane Info
Shows recommended lanes for use by considering
upcoming
intersections and expected routes
Car Position Mark
Displays current car position
12
11
12
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Initial Screen
Current Position
Information
Press the |Agree| button to display the
most recently used mode.
If Audio mode is used with the navigation
turned on, navigation guidance will be
provided in the background. If you turn
the ignition on, then the most recently
played mode will restart.
Information
• Once the vehicle ignition is turned on, the
User Warning screen will always be displayed.
Make sure to carefully read the warning page
as it contains important information related to
system operations while driving.
Press the [MAP] key or the |࡝| button displayed
at the upper right side in some map conditions to
display the map of the current position and the
neighboring area.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
ળઝ
• When riding in a new car or after replacing
the battery terminal, the car position mark may
at first appear at a different location.
• Even if the car position mark on the map is
different, map matching and GPS coordinates
are utilized to automatically update the current
position. It may take up to several minutes to
find your current position.
Starting Navigation
Information
Map Display Settings
Press the [MAP] key ೛ Press the |̰Ο৚؆|
• The Heading-Up/North-Up, 2D/3D, and map
scale adjustments can be used when using
Split Screen map.
Changing Map Scale
Name
Adjust Map
Scale
Use the|+| / |-| buttons
to display the scale bar
Administrati
ve District
Scale
Shows map scales in
categories of detail
(300ft), Near (0.25mi),
Street (1mi), City (4mi),
State (16mi)
Auto Scale
When |ČżAuto| is enabled,
automatically adjust map
scale according to driving
situation
Press the [MAP] key ೛ Press the |0.25mi|
೛ Set the desired map scale
This button is used to set map screen related options,
such as Split screen, Heading-Up/North Up, and
Left/Right screen display.
Name
Split Screen /
Single Screen
Heading-Up/
2 North-Up
Information
The |+| will be disabled when set to max scale
(1/250mi) and the |–| button will be disabled
when set to min scale (1/150ft).
Description
Select between Split
Screen or Single Screen
Map.
Display Map in Vehicle
Traveling Direction
(Heading-Up) or NorthUp direction
Description
Press the |0.25mi| button to display the map
scale menu and change the map to the
desired scale.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Map Menu
Press the |>| button ೛ Press the |Menu|
button
Adjusting Navigation Volume
Press the |>| button ೛ Press the |̰ࡸԛ|
೛ Adjust volume
POI Display
Press the |>| button ೛ Press the |POI|
ળઝ
Features frequently used within the map
screen, such as |Set as Destination|,
|Add Waypoint|, |View Destination|,
|Cancel Route|, |Call| are displayed.
Information
• If the screen is scrolled, then the top menu is
changed to the |Set As Destination| button.
Press the |>| button and then the |̰ࡸԛ|
button. The volume menu is displayed and
allows you to adjust the navigation voice
guidance volume.
The volume can be adjusted from 0~45
through the |+|/|-| button. Press the |Mute|
button to turn off the sound.
When POI menus are displayed, pressing
one of the 6 POI icon buttons will display
the corresponding POI icons.
Name
Description
POI Icon
Shows/hides
corresponding
POIs
Unmark All
Unmarks selected POI
Icons
Edit POI
Icon
Edit the 6 POI icons
shown within the menu
Search by
local POI
Searches selected POI
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Starting Navigation
Editing POI Icons
Searching POIs
Press the Search by local |POI button| ೛
Press the search criteria (Near current
position, Near scroll mark, Near destination)
Press the |Edit POI Icon| button ೛ Press
the |POI| ೛ Press |Done|
11
22
Press the |Edit POI Icon| button to select
the desired facility from the various facility
types. Up to six favorite facilities can
be set.
Press the |Default| button to reset the
displayed POI icons.
Initially, Gas Station, Parking, Fast Food,
Hospital, Auto Service, and Bank are set as
default.
The POI mark is displayed according to
the selected criteria.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Description
Near
Current
Position
Within the ‘Search by
POI’ menu, searches
facilities based on the
current vehicle position
2 Near Scroll
Mark
Within the ‘Search by
POI’ menu, searches
facilities based on the
current scrolled position
3 Near
Destination
Within the ‘Search by
POI’ menu, searches
facilities based on the
location of the
destination
Information
• When searching POIs, you can only search
POIs within selected categories.
• The |Near scroll mark| menu is enabled only
when the map has been scrolled.
Adding a My Place
Press the |ȿएࢺҟԼ| button ೛ Press the
desired group
ળઝ
Name
This feature is used to save the current
position or the scrolled position as a My
Place or Speed Alert.
Information
• My Places are saved without distinction for
the driving or scrolled state.
• The Speed Alert button is displayed when
a point is saved with the speed limit of the
road while driving on the road.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Using the Navigation
Destination Search
Press the [DEST] key to display the Destination Search menu
screen.
Name
POI
1 (Point of
Interest)
2 Previous
Destination
Previous
3 Searches
Previous
10
11
12
Used to search for neighboring POIs near current
position/near scroll position/near destination/near
city center
Used for route guidance to recently set destinations
Used for route guidance to recently searched
Locations
4 Start Point
Used for route guidance to recent start positions
5 Address
Used to search destinations by selecting specific
states/cities/roads
6 My Place
Display list of saved My Places
Intersection
The Destination Search screen includes various search
menus as well as shortcuts to Favorites that provide
maximum convenience in searching for destinations.
Description
7 Search
Used to search destinations by selecting
streets/intersections
8 Map
Moves to the map screen
9 Emergency
Used to make emergency related searches
10 Coordinates
Used to search destinations by entering the
Coordinates
11 Number
Phone
Used to search destinations by entering POI phone
numbers
12 Exit/Entrance
Used to search destinations by searching for
expressway exits/entrances
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Quick Menu
Name
Quick Menu
1 (ೌ)
Quick Menu Bar
3 Edit
4 Current Quick
Menus
Add/Remove
6 Quick Menu
Categories
Display/hide Quick
Menus
Menus added to the
Quick Menu (possible to
set up to 6 menus)
Add/Delete Quick
Menus
ળઝ
Description
Shows list of current
Quick Menus
Add or remove Quick
Menus
List of categories that
can be added to Quick
Menus
Point of Interest (POI) Search
Press the [DEST] key ೛ Press |POI|
Press the |ೌ| button on the left side of the
map screen to display the Quick Menu.
POI Search is a feature that allows you to
search for POIs that are near your current
position, near a scroll mark, near the
destination, or near the city center.
Categories are sub-categorized and the
selected area and category are displayed at
the top of the screen for user convenience.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Name
1 Near
Current
Position
2 Near Scroll
Mark
3 Near
Destination
4 Near City
Center
Description
Searches POIs based on the
current vehicle position
Previous Destination, Previous
Searches, Previous Start Point
Press the [DEST] Key ೛ Press |Previous
Start Point|
Press the [DEST] Key ೛ Press |Previous
Destination|
Searches POIs based on the
current map scroll position
Searches POIs nearby the
set destination (feature is
disabled when a destination
has not been set)
Searches POIs nearby a
selected area
These search features allow you to search
previous routes, previous searches and start
points.
Information
• The searched location may not be the exact
location of a specific destination, but display a
representative position of a POI address.
Name
Press the [DEST] Key ೛ Press |Previous
Searches|
CATEGORY / ZAGAT Restaurant Guide ۶ࢽࢂ ̛
М ࠉѰ ‫ ؀‬۶ָ ঴ɼ ଗࡁ
1 By Date
Sorts POIs and
locations by added
date
2 By Name
Sorts POIs and
locations by name
Description
Delete Items
From various entries,
items can be selected
and deleted all at once.
Information
• If the POI or region name is too long and
cannot be displayed within one screen,
pressing the |>| button will move the name to
the left to display the full name.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Using the Navigation
Address
My Places
Intersection Search
Press the [DEST] key ೛ Press |Address|
This search feature is used to search
destinations by addresses through state
city/street.
ળઝ
This search feature is used to search
destinations by selecting previously saved
My Places to set as destinations. My Places
can be placed in groups, and group names
can be edited within Setup.
Name
Description
By
Name
Sort POIs and locations by
name
By
Symbol
Sort POIs and locations by
symbol
By Date
Sort POIs and locations by
date
ʠչ۴੔/ Ѧ‫ݤ‬۴੔/ ࣯ ۴੔
۶ࢽࢂ ̛М ࠉѰ ‫ ؀‬۶ָ ঴ɼ ଗࡁ
This search feature is used to search
destinations by streets and intersections
through state/city/state.
Information
• If the POI or region name is too long and
cannot be displayed within one screen,
pressing the |>| button will move the name to
the left.
• It is possible to save up to 100 My
Places per Group.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Map
Coordinates
Emergency
The map screen can be scrolled to display
other positions where you can set
destinations.
Name
Description
1 Set as
Sets the POI or region
where the cursor is
positioned as the new
destination
2 Add Waypoint
Sets the POI or region
where the cursor is
positioned as a
waypoint
View
Destination
Displays information for
the set destination
4 Route
Cancel
Cancels the currently
set route
5 Call
Calls the selected POI
facility
6 Details
Displays details for the
selected POI facility
Destination
This feature is used to search for police
stations, hospitals, and dealerships in
emergency situations.
Name
1 Police Station
This feature is used to search destinations
by entering coordinates. Two coordinate
entry formats are supported. Select the
desired format upon starting search.
Description
Displays list of Police
Stations closest from
the current position
Hospital
Displays list of
Hospitals closest from
the current position
Dealership
Displays list of Hyundai
Motor Dealerships
closest from the current
position
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Phone Number Search
Setting a Destination
[Press the [DEST Key] ೛ Search for the
Destination ೛ Press |Set as Destination|
ળઝ
(Alternative Route)
This search feature is used to search the
locations of POIs by entering the phone
number of the desired POI destination.
• Area codes must be entered to complete
the search.
Information
The phone number and location may differ for
some POIs. In addition, the following types of
facilities may be more frequently located in
other locations.
• Locations of department stores, museums,
and amusement parks may somewhat differ
from the set destination. Check the exact
address when trying to reach such destinations.
• Within general information newspapers, there
are cases when phone numbers of concert
halls actually list the numbers of management
companies. In such cases, destination
searches will be made to the management
companies.
• The telephone number and addresses may
change at any time.
(Route Overview)
• Conducting a destination search through
the desired search method, select the
desired destination from the list. (For more
information on destination search methods,
refer to the ‘Destination Search’ section.)
• After verifying the location of the searched
destination, press the |Set as Destination|
button to calculate the route. The Route
Overview or Alternative Route screen will be
the displayed.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Using the Navigation
Route Calculation
• Press the |Add Waypoint| button to
add a waypoint destination.
• Within the Route Overview or Alternative
Route screen, press the MAP key or the
Start Guidance button to start route guidance.
Information
• If you press the Set as Destination button
while a previous destination has already been
set, the pop-up ‘Do you want to change the
destination?’ will be displayed.
• If you press Yes, then the previous
destination is deleted and the new destination
will be set. Pressing the Add Waypoint button
will add a waypoint destination.
• Once you have set a destination, calculate
the route. The route overview and route
option menus will be displayed
• After checking the Route Overview, press
the [MAP] key or the |Start Guidance| button
or just drive for over 5km/h or approximately
5 seconds to begin guidance.
Information
• To learn more about ‘Alternative Route’,
‘Route Overview’ or ‘Detailed Route Settings’,
refer to the ‘Route Menu’ section.
Demo
After a route has been calculated, press the
|Demo| button to begin simulated driving of
the calculated route.
One Touch Scroll Setting
The destination can be set to the current
map display.
• While in the map screen, touching a
position on the map will move the map to the
center of the selected position and display
the scroll mark.
• Press the |Menu| button to set the selected
position as a waypoint or destination.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
• Within the Route Overview screen, press
the |Demo| button.
• During Demo, press the [MAP] key to end
the demo and display the current map
position. If you start driving while viewing the
route demo, demo will end and route
guidance will start
Add Waypoint
Route Recalculation
ળઝ
Information
• Demo will not operate after starting route
guidance. To use the Demo feature, use after
route calculation but prior to starting route
guidance.
• ɼ࣯ۘଭ ࣸ ֕֩ЍЕ “ˈ‫ܖ‬/ࢊ؆/࢕Ѱ”ࢂ ତ
ּࡶ ૲‫ݤ‬ଜֲ, ɼ࣯ۘଭࢂ ‫ܖ‬Ѧ ࣏ࢽࢇ ɼМ
ଢТЬ.
After searching for waypoints, press the
|Add Waypoint| button to add the waypoint to
the current route.
Once a route has been set, the
|Recalculate| button is displayed at the
top of the menus.
Pressing the |Recalculate| button will
display a pop-up that allows you to
change route options. Once the settings
are changed, the route is recalculated by
reflecting the changes.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Using the Navigation
Information
For more information on Fastest, Shortest, and
other route calculation options, refer to the
route calculation section.
Cancel Route
In the Map menu screen, press the |Cancel
Route| button.
Information
You can cancel the route by pressing the
|Cancel Route| button that is displayed after
pressing the |Menu| button.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Route Guidance
Information
Intersection Zoom Mode
Preliminary Guidance Mode
ળઝ
• Within all guidance mode screens, pressing
the button at the bottom right side of the
screen will change the route guidance mode..
• Each time the button is pressed, the guidance
mode will change in order of preliminary
guidance ČĽ turn list ČĽ motorway guidance
mode. (The icon within the button indicates the
mode that will be displayed upon next press.)
• Motorway and intersection zoom guidance
are displayed on during guidance at
corresponding roads.
This mode provides detailed guidance
nearby intersections before the next turn.
This mode is displayed starting from 300m
before the intersection.
Preliminary guidance, motorway mode, turn
list guidance and other guidance screens are
displayed according to the current road
condition.
At the top right side of the screen, the next/
Within the guidance map screen, if the
after next turn info, remaining distance,
current position is on route, then intersection direction and other information are displayed.
guidance will be provided once you are
nearby an intersection.
Also, the intersection zoom screen is
displayed when nearby an intersection.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Using the Navigation
Motorway Mode
Name
Upon entering a motorway during route
guidance, the motorway mode will
automatically be displayed. This mode is
displayed when driving on a motorway and
mainly displays motorway related POIs.
Description
1 View All
Guidance for all POIs
on the Motorway
2 Summary
Shows List of turn
points and other
directional route
guidance while driving
within motor ways
3 Rest Area
Guidance for only the
rest areas on the
motorway
Turn List Mode
• When scrolling through POIs by using the
Turn list mode shows turn information on
|ɀ|, |Ɂ| buttons, pressing the button will
select the POI closest to the current position. the current route.
Information
You can check information for various
POIs by using the |View All|, |Summary|
and |Rest Area| buttons.
• When there are more than four POI marks
that can be listed, some POIs may be omitted
and not displayed.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Route Menu
Pres the |ROUTE| key to use, edit, or optimize various route
options.
Description
Cancel
1 Route
Cancels the currently set route
Route
2 Overview
Shows the route overview to the set destination
3 Route Info
Shows detailed info for the current route
Route
4 Option
Route calculation features with various route
calculation options and settings
5 Detour
Used to select and edit detour road/streets
Avoid
Streets
Used to edit the route by selecting avoid streets
7 Edit Route
Used to add /delete/change the order of
destinations/waypoints
8 Avoid Area
Used to edit route by adding Avoid Areas/Editing
Avoid Areas and Deleting Avoid Areas
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
ળઝ
Name
Using the Navigation
Cancel Route
Press the [ROUTE] key and then press
the |Čż Cancel Route| button to cancel
the currently set route.
Within the Route Overview screen, press
the Alternative Route button to display
other potential routes to the set destination.
From the alternative route options,
select the desired route.
Route Info
Press the [ROUTE] Key ೛ Press |Route
Info|
Route Overview
Press the [ROUTE] key ೛ Press |ȿ Route
Overview|
Name
Name
Description
1 Guidance
Starts guidance to the set
Route/Displays the current
vehicle position
2 Edit Route
Used to add/ delete/
change order of
destinations/ waypoints
3 Route Info
Shows route info to the set
destination
4 Alternative
Displays various alternative
route options for route
calculation
5 Demo
Starts demo to the set
destination
Start
Route
Description
1 Recommended
Fastest route that
reflects distance and
traffic conditions
2 Shortest
The shortest distance
from start point to
destination
The turn points and distance information
by key roads within the set route are is
played. Press the [MAP] button next to
each road name to display the map position
for the corresponding location.
Information
• Even if the “Use Alternative Route Search”
option is turned on, the Route Overview screen
(not the Alternative Route screen) when
calculating routes that include waypoints.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Route Option
Name
Press the [ROUTE] Key ೛ Press |̰Route
Option| ೛ Set and press |Done|
1 Recommended
Optimal route as
determined by the system
upon consideration of
various route conditions
2 Shortest
The shortest distance
from start point to the
destination
Minimise
Route calculation with
minimal use of motorways
Minimise
Route calculation with
minimal use of toll roads
3 Motorway
4 Toll Roads
Route Options refer to conditions used to
calculate the route to the destination. The
route is automatically recalculated if the
route options and detailed route settings
are changed.
Use Ferries
Detour
Press the [ROUTE] Key ೛ Press |̰Detour|
ળઝ
Description
Route calculation by
including use of ferries
Use HOV
6 Lanes
Route calculation by
including use of HOV
lanes
7 Use Easy Pass
Route calculation by
including use of Easy
Pass
The Detour menu is used to re-define the
route by setting a detour to a certain distance
from the current position.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Using the Navigation
Avoid Streets
Press the [ROUTE] Key ೛ Press |ȿAvoid
Streets| ೛ Select the streets you want to
avoid and press |Done|
Edit Route
Press the [ROUTE] Key ೛ Press |ȿEdit
Route| ೛Set and press |Done|
This feature is used to select specific streets The Edit Route menu displays the start point,
to avoid within the current route.
waypoints and the destination in list format
and is used to edit corresponding positions
or the order of destinations within the route.
Avoid Area
Press the ROUTE Key ೛Press
|ȿAvoid Area| ۴੔ ۶ࢽ ୯ ೛ |Done|
This feature is used by creating a rectangle
over the area to avoid.
An area set as an avoid area is excluded
from the calculated route. If a route had
been calculated prior to creating an avoid
area, the route will automatically be
recalculated.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Map Landmarks and Logos
2D Landmarks
These are landmark and logo icons that display facilities within 2D map mode. The size of the symbol may be displayed
differently according to the map scale. Symbols may change without prior notice during map updates. Symbols shown
within the manual represent a portion of all symbols and should only be used as a reference.
ળઝ
Navi s/w жк࢕ ʦੵ‫ی‬ତࡳԻ ܹࢽ
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Map Landmarks and Logos
3D Landmarks
These are landmark and logo icons that display facilities within 3D map mode. The size of the symbol may be displayed
differently according to the map scale. Symbols may change without prior notice during map updates. Symbols shown
within the manual represent a portion of all symbols and should only be used as a reference.
Navi s/w жк࢕ ʦੵ‫ی‬ତࡳԻ ܹࢽ
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
4
BluetoothÂŽ
Handsfree
• Before Use
• Basic Mode Screen
• Using Bluetooth
Before Use
Before using the BluetoothÂŽ Handsfree
What is BluetoothÂŽ?


BluetoothÂŽ refers to a short-distance wireless networking
technology which uses a 2.45GHz frequency to connect
various devices within a certain distance.
Supported within PCs, external devices, BluetoothÂŽ
phones, PDAs, various electronic devices, and automotive
environments, BluetoothÂŽ allows data to be transmitted at
high speeds without having to use a connector cable.

BluetoothÂŽ Handsfree refers to a device which allows the
user to conveniently make phone calls with BluetoothÂŽ
mobile phones through the Navigation system.

The Bluetooth handsfree feature may not be supported in
some mobile phones.
For more information on mobile phone compatibility, visit the
Hyundai Motor website (http://www.hyundaiusa.com).
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
Precautions for safe driving
BluetoothÂŽ Handsfree is a feature that enables drivers
to practice safe driving. Connecting the head unit with a
BluetoothÂŽ phone allows the user to conveniently make
calls, receive calls, and manage the phone book. Before
using the BluetoothÂŽ, carefully read the contents of this
user’s manual.
Excessive use or operations while driving may lead to
negligent driving practices and be the cause of accidents.
Do not operate the device excessively while driving.
Viewing the screen for prolonged periods of time is
dangerous and may lead to accidents. When driving, view
the screen only for short periods of time.
Cautions upon connecting BluetoothÂŽ phone

Before connecting the head unit with the mobile phone,
check to see that the mobile phone supports BluetoothÂŽ
features.

Even if the phone supports BluetoothÂŽ, the phone will not be
found during device searches if the phone has been set to
hidden state or the BluetoothÂŽ power is turned off. Disable
the hidden state or turn on the BluetoothÂŽ power prior to
searching/connecting with the Head unit.

If the Bluetooth® audio does not play, go to [Setup] ೛
|ȿBluetooth| ೛ |ȿStreaming Audio Setting|. If the feature
is set to |Off|, turn |On| and try again.
Park the vehicle when connecting the head unit with the
mobile phone.
If you do not want automatic connection with your
BluetoothÂŽ device, turn the BluetoothÂŽ power off.
BluetoothÂŽ connection may become intermittently
disconnected in some mobile phones. Follow these steps to
try again.
1. Turn the BluetoothÂŽ function within the mobile phone
off/on and try again.
2. Turn the mobile phone power Off/On and try again.
3. Completely remove the mobile phone battery, reboot,
and then again.
4. Reboot the Audio Video Navigation System and try again.
5. Delete all paired devices, pair and try again.
To set Auto Connection, go to [Setup] ೛ |ȿBluetooth| ೛
|ČżAuto Connection Setting|
The handsfree call volume and quality may differ depending
on the mobile phone.
If Auto Connection is used, the BluetoothÂŽ phone is
automatically connected when the ignition is turned on,
making it unnecessary to have to connect the phone with the
head unit every time.
The car name can be set at [Setup] ೛ |ȿBluetooth| ೛
|ȿAdvanced Settings| ೛ |ȿDevice Information|.
Pairing Bluetooth devices and use of other Bluetooth
features are not supported when the vehicle is in motion.
For safety, please first park your vehicle.
The passkey needed to connect the mobile phone can
be verified/changed at [Setup] ೛ |ȿBluetooth| ೛
|ȿAdvanced Settings| ೛ |ȿChange Passkey|.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
ળઝ

Basic Mode Screen
When no phones have been
paired
Press the [೨] key on the steering remote
controller or press the [PHONE] ೛ Press
|Yes|
Information
• Press the |Help| button within the pop-up to
view the help section with information related
to pairing and connecting BluetoothÂŽ devices,
and using Handsfree related features.
• The same Help section can be viewed by
going to |ȿInfo| ೛ |ȿHelp| ೛ |ȿBluetooth|.
Pairing from the BluetoothÂŽ Device
Press the |Add New Device| button ೛
Select car name ೛ Enter passkey
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
From the BluetoothÂŽ device, search for
the car name and pair the device.
When searching from the BluetoothÂŽ device,
the car name is Santa Fe and the default
passkey is ‘0000’.
Information
• To learn more about searching from
BluetoothÂŽ devices and pairing, refer to the
user's manual for your BluetoothÂŽ device.
• Bluetooth® devices cannot be paired when
the vehicle is in motion. For your safety, first
park the vehicle to pair a BluetoothÂŽ device.
Basic Mode Screen
When a phone is already paired
Name
Press the [೨] key on the steering remote
controller or the [PHONE] key ೛ Press |Yes|
೛Select the device from the device list
೛Press |Connect|
Description
Help section related to
pairing and
connecting/disconnecting
Help
BluetoothÂŽ devices and
Handsfree phone features
Pair a new BluetoothÂŽ
Add New
device
Connect /
Connect or disconnect a
Disconnect BluetoothÂŽ device
Delete a paired BluetoothÂŽ
Delete
Device
Delete all paired BluetoothÂŽ
Delete All
Devices
Set BluetoothÂŽ auto
Auto
connection when car ignition
Connection
is turned on
When pairing additional device
• Select the device you want to connect
and press the |Connect| button.
• If the phone you want to connect does
not exist, press the |Add New| button to
pair a new BluetoothÂŽ device.
Press the |Add New| button to pair a new
BluetoothÂŽ device.
For more information on pairing, refer to
the ‘When no phones have been paired’
section.
Information
• When a Bluetooth® device is connected,
a new device cannot be paired.
If you want to pair a new phone, first
disconnect the connected BluetoothÂŽ
device.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
When there is a connected device
Press the |೨| key on the steering remote controller or the
[PHONE] key on the head unit to display the following screen
Name
9 10
1 Info Display
Window
3 End
Enter the phone number you wish to call and press the |ČżSend|
button
Information
• The mobile phone battery and signal strength icons may not be
supported in some mobile phones.
• The remaining battery level displayed on your mobile phone battery
icon may slightly differ with the device display.
• The speed dial feature may not be supported in some mobile phones.
4 Dial Pad
Displays name of currently connected device
If no number has been entered, switches to call
history screen
If a number has been entered, calls the number
If a number has been entered, deletes the
number
During a call, ends the current call
Used to enter the phone number
Press the hold |0| to enter a ‘+’
Press the hold |1| ~ |9| to connect to the
speed dial saved within the mobile phone
5 Favorites
Displays the Favorites list screen
6 Delete
Deletes entered numbers one digit at a time
7 Contacts
Displays contacts list screen
8 Connections
10
Remaining
Battery
Call Signal
Strength
Displays the BluetoothÂŽ device Connections
screen
Displays the remaining battery for the connected
BluetoothÂŽ device
Displays the call signal strength
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
ળઝ
2 Send
Description
Using BluetoothÂŽ
During a call
Name
Info
 Display
Window
Displays other party’s name/number. If there is a
call waiting, displays call waiting information
 Switch
If there is a call waiting, switches the current call
and connects the waiting call
 End
Ends call
 Dial Pad
Used to enter phone number
 Contacts
Displays the Contacts screen
 Private
The name of the other party is displayed if the number is saved
within your contacts. If not, only the phone number is displayed.
During a call, the other party's name/number and the call time
are displayed.
Description
Outgoing
Vol.
During a handsfree call, this function is used to
switch the call to the mobile phone
Upon switching the call to Private, the vehicle mic
and speaker will turn off to allow a private
conversation through the mobile phone
Adjusts outgoing volume during calls
Sets call volume as heard by the other party
(Levels 0~5) The outgoing volume may be heard
differently depending on the connected
BluetoothÂŽ device
Status Bar Icons
Name
Information
• The telephone number may not be displayed in some mobile phones.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
Description
Čż
Mutes call volume
Čż
BluetoothÂŽ phone call state
Čż
Mobile phone contacts or call history download status
Čż
A state when BluetoothÂŽ Handsfree and streaming Audio is all
connected
Čż
State when BluetoothÂŽ streaming Audio is connected
Čż
State when BluetoothÂŽ Handsfree is connected
Making/Answering Calls
If you press the |೨Send | button without
entering a number, the Call History
screen is displayed
Press and hold the dial pad |0 +| (over
0.8 seconds) to enter a "+".
Calling by dialing a number
Enter number on the dial pad ೛ Press
the |೨Send | or the [೨] key on the steering
remote controller.
Enter the 1 or 2 digit speed dial number
with the Dial Pad ೛ Press and hold the
last number
Description
Send
Calls the entered phone
number
End
Deletes all entered numbers
Favorites
Displays the Favorites list
screen
ળઝ
Name
Making a call from Speed Dial
Information
• Most audio and SETUP mode features will
not operate during a BluetoothÂŽ handsfree call.
Only the call volume and Navigation mode
screen can be operated.
Information
• For speed dials saved within mobile
phones, up to 2 digits are supported.
• Saving or changing speed dial numbers
through the head unit is not supported.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Using BluetoothÂŽ
Calling through Redial
Making a call from Call history
Press the hold (over 0.8 seconds) the
|೨Send| button or the [೨] key on the
steering remote controller
Press the |೨Send | button or the [೨] Key on
the steering remote controller ೛ Select the
call list ೛ Press |Call|
Information
Information
• Redialing is not possible when there is
no call history or the BluetoothÂŽ phone
has not been connected.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
• Calling through the call history is not possible
when there is no call history or the BluetoothÂŽ
phone has not been connected.
• Within the call history screen, press the
Download button to |download| the call history
saved in your mobile phone into the vehicle.
• For more information on downloading call
histories, refer to the “Call History ೛
Downloading Call History” section.
Answering a call
Incoming call notice ೛ Press the
|Accept| button or the |೨| key on the
steering remote controller.
Information
• When the incoming call pop-up is displayed,
most functions within audio and SETUP mode
will not operate. Only the call volume and
Navigation screens can be operated.
• The telephone number may not be displayed
in some mobile phones.
Rejecting a call
Incoming call notice ೛ Press the |Reject|
button or the |೨| key on the steering remote
controller.
Information
• The reject call function may not be supported
in some mobile phones.
ળઝ
When a call is received on the connected
phone, the bell will sound and the phone
number of the other party will be displayed
on the incoming call pop-up, as shown here.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Using BluetoothÂŽ
Operating Menus during a Call
Switching Call to the Handsfree
Switching Call to the BluetoothÂŽ phone
During call on mobile phone ೛ Press the
|̰Private| button or press and hold the [೨]
key (over 0.8 seconds) on the steering
remote controller.
During handsfree call ೛ Press the
|̰Private| button or press and hold the [೨]
key (over 0.8 seconds) on the steering
remote controller.
The call will be switched from the handsfree
to the BluetoothÂŽ mobile phone.
Information
• The Private function may not be supported
in some mobile phones.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
The call will be switched from the
BluetoothÂŽ mobile phone to the car
handsfree.
Ending a call
Switching to Call Waiting
While on a call ೛Press the |೨End| button or If another person calls while you are already
the [೨] Key on the steering remote controller. on a call, the current call must be
placed on hold or ended to answer the
new call.
If there is waiting call, press the [೨] key on
the steering remote controller (under 0.8
seconds) or press the |೨ Switch| button on
the Phone screen.
Name
Hold 1st
call
End 1st
 call
 Switch
The BluetoothÂŽ handsfree call will end.
Places current call on call
waiting and answer new call
Ends current call and answer
new call
Rejects new call and
maintains
current call
If there is a call waiting,
switches to the waiting call
waiting call
Information
• Call waiting is a feature that allows the caller
to answer a second call while already on a call.
When call waiting is used, the first call is
placed on waiting mode.
• The Switch to Call Waiting feature may not be
supported in some mobile phones.
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
ળઝ
 Reject
Description
Using BluetoothÂŽ
Setting Mic volume
While on a call ೛ Select |Outgoing Vol.| ೛
Set Outgoing Volume ೛Press |OK|
If you press the |Ě°Mute| button, the
outgoing volume is muted and blocked to
the other party.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
Information
• The volume heard by the other party may
differ depending on the mobile phone. If call
volume heard by the other party is too low or
too high, first adjust the volume setting.
Adjusting the Ring/Call Volume
While on a call ೛Use the ೣ VOL knob on
the head unit or the [VOL+], [VOL-] keys
on the steering remote controller to adjust
the ring/call volume.
Contacts
Press the [PHONE] key on the head unit or the [೨] key on the
steering remote controller ೛ Press |ȿContacts|
Information
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
ળઝ
• For contacts, up to 5,000 entries can be saved for each paired
BluetoothÂŽ device.
• Contacts can be viewed only when a Bluetooth device has been
connected.
• If there are numerous list entries, selecting the list page area will
move to the corresponding list page.
• It is possible to download contacts during a call or while operating
BluetoothÂŽ streaming audio mode.
• When downloading contacts, the |ȿcontacts download| icon will be
displayed within the status bar.
• It is not possible to download contacts when the contacts download
setting has been turned off within your BluetoothÂŽ device.
• In addition, some devices may require device authorization to
download contacts.
• If downloading cannot be normally conducted, check the Bluetooth®
device settings or the screen state.
• The download feature may not be supported in some mobile phones.
Check to see that the BluetoothÂŽ device supports the download
feature.
• For more information on mobile phone compatibility, visit the
Hyundai Motor website (http://www.hyundaiusa.com).
Using BluetoothÂŽ
Mobile Contacts Screen Configuration
Name
Description
 Search
Search car contacts and mobile phone contacts
(Search by name or number)
 Download
Download contacts from BluetoothÂŽ device
BluetoothÂŽ
 Device
Name
Name of connected BluetoothÂŽ device
 List page
Download
source
Displays total list pages and current list page
(List page jump upon selecting scroll area)
Displays whether contacts were downloaded from
the mobile phone or SIM
Information
• Mobile phone contacts can be searched only when a Bluetooth® device is connected.
• Up to 5,000 contacts from your Bluetooth® phone or SIM can be downloaded into the car contacts. Contacts that have been downloaded
to the car cannot be edited or deleted.
• Mobile phone contacts are managed separately for each paired Bluetooth® device (max 5 devices x 5,000 contacts each). Previously
downloaded data will be stored even if the BluetoothÂŽ device has been disconnected. (However, the contacts and call history saved
to the phone will be deleted if the paired phone is deleted.)
• Downloaded contacts could be lost depending on the state of the head unit. Always make sure to back up important data.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
Downloading Mobile Phone Contacts
Checking Mobile Contacts Details
Press the |Download| button from the
Contacts screen ೛ Press |Yes|
Select the desired phone number from the
mobile contacts list to check details about
the number.
Information
• Time required to download contacts may
differ depending on your mobile phone model
or data size.
ળઝ
Information
• Upon downloading mobile phone contacts,
the previous corresponding data is deleted.
• This feature may not be supported in some
mobile phones.
• Upon downloading, contacts saved in your
SIM and mobile phone are simultaneously
downloaded.
• To change the contacts download settings,
change the following menu setting.
[Setup] ೛ |ȿBluetooth| ೛ |ȿ Contacts
Download Setting|
• When using Contacts Sync, the contacts
and call histories within your mobile phone are
automatically downloaded upon connecting
BluetoothÂŽ.
If you do not wish to use this feature, turn this
feature off at [Setup] ೛ |ȿBluetooth| ೛
|ČżContacts Sync Setting|.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Using BluetoothÂŽ
Adding as a Favorite
Select number from the Contacts screen ೛
Within the details screen, press |Add as
Favorite|
Saved Favorites can be viewed by pressing
the |Čż Favorites| button in the Phone screen.
Information
• Up to 8 Favorites can be added.
• Saved Favorites can be viewed by pressing
the |ČżFavorites| button in the Phone screen.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
Favorites
Calling Favorites
In Phone screen೛ Press |ȿFavorites| ೛
Select the desired Favorite ೛ Call
connected
Information
• Favorites can be added through Phone ೛
|ȿContacts| ೛ Select contact ೛ |Add as
Favorite|.
• Up to 8 Favorites can be added and Favorites
can be used only when a Bluetooth device has
been connected.
Selecting/Deleting Favorites
In Favorites screen ೛ Press |Delete Items|
೛ Select items you want to delete and press
|Delete| ೛ Press |Yes|
ળઝ
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
Using BluetoothÂŽ
Searching Contacts
Search by Name
Searching by Number
In Phone screen ೛ Press |Search|
Press the |̰Search by Name button| ೛
Enter name and press |Search|
Press the |Ě°Search by Number| button
೛ Enter number and press |Search|
Information
• When searching a number, it is possible to
search by entering just a part of the name.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Information
When searching a number, it is possible to
search by entering just a part of the entire
number.
(ex: if you enter “1544”, all numbers that
include “1544” will be searched.)
Call History
Call History Screen Configuration
Entering Call History Screen
Within the Phone screen, press the |೨Send|
button or the [೨] key on the steering remote
controller.
ળઝ
Information
The call history may not be saved in the call
history list in some mobile phones.
• Calls received with hidden caller ID will not
be saved in the call history list.
Name
Description
1 Dialed Call
Displays the outgoing call
history list
Received
Call
Displays the incoming call
history list
Displays the missed call
3 Missed Call history list
4 Download
Downloads call history from
mobile phone
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Using BluetoothÂŽ
Downloading Call History
Within the Call History screen, press the
|Download| button.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Information
• Up to 20 dialed, incoming, and missed call
history lists can each be downloaded.
The dialed/incoming time and call time
information are not supported.
• Sorting all call histories by time is not
supported.
• It is possible to download call history even
during a call or during BluetoothÂŽ streaming
audio.
• When downloading call histories, the
|Ě°contact download| icon will be displayed
within the status bar.
• It is not possible to commence download
when the call history download feature is
turned off within the BluetoothÂŽ device. Also
some devices may require device authorization
upon attempting to download call history. If
downloading cannot be normally conducted,
check the BluetoothÂŽ device settings or the
screen state.
• The download feature may not be supported
in some mobile phones. Check to see that the
BluetoothÂŽ device supports the download
feature.
• For more information on mobile phone
compatibility, visit the Hyundai Motor website
(http://www.hyundaiusa.com).
Viewing Call History Information
Within the Call History screen, select the list.
Name
Description
1 Download
Download call histories from
mobile phone
2 Call
Calls the number
3 Delete
Deletes the call history
Setting BluetoothÂŽ Connection
Press the |ČżConnections| button on the
Phone screen.
Connections Menu
Connecting a Device
ࠉʼଜˈ࢕ ଜЕ ̛̛ ۴੔ ୯ ೛
|Connections| ‫؟‬ટ ۴੔
ળઝ
Function
Description
 Help
Displays BluetoothÂŽ
Help screen
 Add New
Pairs a new BluetoothÂŽ
device
Connects/disconnects
a BluetoothÂŽ device
Connect/
 Disconnect
 Delete
 Delete All
 Auto Connection
 Paired device list
Streaming
 connection state
Handsfree
connection state
Deletes a paired
BluetoothÂŽ device
Deletes all paired
BluetoothÂŽ devices
Sets BluetoothÂŽ device
auto connection when
car ignition is turned on
Shows list of paired
BluetoothÂŽ devices
Shows BluetoothÂŽ
Streaming connection
state
Shows BluetoothÂŽ
Handsfree connection
state
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
Using BluetoothÂŽ
Pairing a New Device
For more information on pairing, refer to
the ‘When no phones have been paired’
section.
Information
The Phone screen is displayed once a
BluetoothÂŽ Handsfree is connected while
the BluetoothÂŽ Audio screen is displayed
once streaming Audio is connected.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
• Bluetooth® features supported within the
vehicle are as follows. Some features may not
be supported depending on your BluetoothÂŽ
device.
- Answering and placing BluetoothÂŽ
Handsfree calls
- Menu operation during call (Switch to Private,
Switch to call waiting, Outgoing volume)
-Download Call History
-Download Mobile Contacts
-Download SIM Contacts
-Contacts/ Call History Auto Download
-BluetoothÂŽ device auto connection
-Playing Bluetooth ÂŽ Streaming Audio
• It is possible to pair up to five Bluetooth®
devices to the car system.
• Only one Bluetooth® device can be
connected at a time.
• Other devices cannot be paired while a
BluetoothÂŽ device is already connected.
• When a Bluetooth® device is being connected,
the connection process cannot be canceled.
• Only Bluetooth® Handsfree and Bluetooth®
audio related features will operate within this
system.
• Normal operation is possible only for devices
that support handsfree or audio features, such as
a BluetoothÂŽ mobile phone or a BluetoothÂŽ
audio device.
• Only one function can be used at a time
between the BluetoothÂŽ handsfree and
BluetoothÂŽ audio. (While playing BluetoothÂŽ
audio, streaming will end upon entering the
BluetoothÂŽ phone screen.)
• If a connected Bluetooth® device becomes
disconnected for various reasons, such as being
out of range, turning the device OFF, or a
BluetoothÂŽ communication error, BluetoothÂŽ
devices are automatically searched and
connected.
• If the system becomes unstable due to
communication errors between the vehicle and
the BluetoothÂŽ device, reset the BluetoothÂŽ and
try again. Upon resetting BluetoothÂŽ, the system
is restored to its factory release state. Press the
[SETUP] key ೛ |ȿBluetooth| ೛ |ȿAdvanced
Settings| ೛ |ȿRestore Factory Settings|
Disconnecting a Device
Select the device you wish to disconnect
೛ Press |Disconnect| ೛ Press |Yes|
Select the device you want to delete ೛
Press |Delete| ೛ Press |Yes|
Information
• If a paired phone is deleted, its call history
and contacts lists will also be deleted.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
ળઝ
Deleting a Device
A device cannot be deleted if it is
connected.
To delete a paired device, first disconnect
the BluetoothÂŽ connection.
Press |Delete All| to delete all paired
BluetoothÂŽ devices.
Using BluetoothÂŽ
Setting Auto Connection
Press the |Auto Connection| button ೛ Select
the desired option ೛ Set and press |Done|
Name
Disable Auto
Connection
Previously
2 Connected
Phone
Description
Disables auto connection
Auto connection with the
previously connected
BluetoothÂŽ phone
Automatically connects to
3 User Selected a user selected
Phone
BluetoothÂŽ device
Automatically connects
4 Connect by
according to the set
Priority
BluetoothÂŽ phone priority
If auto connection is turned on, a BluetoothÂŽ
device will automatically be connected
according to the set option when the car
ignition is turned on.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Information
• The Auto Connection button is a shortcut
menu to go to [Setup] ೛ |ȿBluetooth| ೛
|ČżAuto Connection Settings|
• If you press the |Setting| button next to the
|User Selected Phone| and |Connect by
Priority| options, you can designate the phone
you wish to connect or set the phone priority.
5
Voice
Recognition
• Starting Voice Recognition
• Voice Command Lists
Using Voice Recognition
Starting Voice Recognition
Starting Voice Recognition
Shortly press the [ČżVR] key on the steering
remote controller (under 0.8 seconds) ೛
Say a command
Once voice recognition starts, the voice
command entry window and the six
representative commands are displayed.
If voice recognition is in [Normal Mode],
then the system will say “Please say a
command. Beep~”
• If voice recognition is in [Expert Mode],
then the system will only say a “Beep~”
Information
• To change the Normal/Expert setting, press
the [SETUP] key and enter the Voice
Recognition settings screen.
Skipping Prompt Messages
(e.g. :screen displayed when ‘Help’ is stated)
While prompt message is being stated ೛
Shortly press the [ČżVR] key on the steering
remote controller (under 0.8 seconds)
The prompt message is immediately ended
and the beep tone will sound. After the
“beep”, say the voice command.
Re-starting Voice Recognition
Notice
• For proper recognition, say the command
after the voice instruction and beep tone.
While system waits for a command ೛
Shortly press the [ČżVR] key on the steering
remote controller (under 0.8 seconds)
The command wait state is immediately
ended and the beep ton will sound. After the
“beep”, say the voice command.
Using Voice Recognition
Ending Voice Recognition
Using Voice Recognition
Adjusting Voice Recognition
Volume
While Voice Recognition is operating ೛
Press the [ȿVR] key on the steering remote While Voice Recognition is operating ೛
Press and hold the [ČżVR] key on the
controller. The voice command entry window Turn the ೣ Volume knob left/right to adjust
steering remote controller (over 0.8 seconds) and the six representative commands are
the voice recognition prompt volume
displayed.
Information
• If voice recognition is set to ‘Expert’, then the
‘Please say a command’ prompt will not be
provided. Only the ‘beep-’ will sound.
• If voice recognition is set to ‘Expert’, then the
six representative commands are not shown
on the screen.
• After the ‘Beep-’, the |‫ݛ‬ଔ৲| icon will change
to the |ࡸ‫یݥࢉ۽‬Ԇ| icon to indicate that a
command can now be stated.
While using voice command, pressing a
steering wheel remote control or a different
key will end voice command.
Information
̲ In a state where the system is waiting for a
voice command, say “cancel” or “end” to end
voice command.
̲ In a state where the system is waiting for a
voice command, press and hold the [Čż VR]
key on the steering remote controller to end
voice command.
Using Voice Recognition
Illustration on Using Voice Recognition
(When Home is set as the destination)
Press the [ČżVR] key (under 0.8 seconds).
The system is await your command and
display a list of accessible commands on the
screen.
Destination
Please say a command
BeepPlease say a command
BeepDestination
Go Home
Voice Command List
Voice Command List
Voice commands within this system are categorized into
“Common Commands” and “Mode Commands”.
• Common Commands (Ǹ) : commands that can be used in
all situations.
• Mode Commands (ɂ) : commands that can be used in
specific multimedia/navigation/Bluetooth mode states.
Information
Some commands will operate properly only when a USB, iPod,
Bluetooth or other device has been connected.
Help Command List
Command
Operation
Ǹ
Help
Displays the mail Help screen
Ǹ
Destination Help
Displays the Destination related command list
Ǹ
Map Help
Displays the Map related command list
Ǹ
Radio Help
Displays the FM/AM radio related command list
Ǹ
XM Help
Displays the XM radio related command list
Ǹ
Disc Help
Displays the DISC mode related command list for the disc inserted in the CD Player
Ǹ
iPod Help
Displays the iPod related command list
Ǹ
USB Help
Displays the USB related command list
Ǹ
Pandora Help
Displays the Pandora radio related command list
Ǹ
Phone Help
Displays the Phone related command list
Audio System Command List
FM/AM Radio
Command
Operation
Ǹ
Radio
Plays the most recent frequency for the most recently operated band
Ǹ
(Radio) AM
Plays the most recent frequency for the corresponding band
Ǹ
(Radio) FM
Plays the most recent frequency for the corresponding band. In the case of FM, the most recent frequency within the most
recently played FM1 or FM2 band is Played
Ǹ
FM1/FM2
Plays the most recent frequency for the corresponding band
Ǹ
AM frequency <530~1710>
Ǹ
FM frequency <87.5~107.9>
Ǹ
AM Preset <1~6>
Plays the desired AM band preset frequency
Ǹ
FM1 Preset <1~6>
Plays the desired FM1 band preset frequency
Ǹ
FM2 Preset <1~6>
Plays the desired FM2 band preset frequency
ɂ
Preset <1~6>
Plays the desired preset frequency for the current band
ɂ
Seek Up
Searches and plays the next frequency of the current band
ɂ
Seek Down
Searches and plays the previous frequency of the current band
ɂ
Preset Up
Plays the next preset frequency of the current band
ɂ
Preset Down
Plays the previous preset frequency of the current
ɂ
Auto Store
Searches all frequencies within the current band and stores the 6 frequencies with the most superior reception as preset
buttons
ɂ
Scan On
Scans receivable frequencies from the current broadcast and plays for 5 seconds each
ɂ
Scan Off
Ends the currently operating Scan or Preset Scan feature
ɂ
Preset Scan
Moves to the next preset from the current present and plays for 5 seconds each
Plays the desired AM band frequency
(ex : AM Frequency “Five-Hundred Thirty”)
Plays the desired FM band frequency
(ex : FM Frequency “Eighty-Seven point Five”)
XM Radio
Command
Operation
Ǹ
XM
Plays the last channel within the last band from XM1, XM2, and XM3
Ǹ
XM1/ XM2/ XM3
Plays the most recent channel for the corresponding Band
Ǹ
XM Channel <1~255>
Plays the desired XM band channel
(ex : XM channel “Eleven”)
Ǹ
XM1 Preset <1~6>
Plays the desired preset channel for XM1 band
Ǹ
XM2 Preset <1~6>
Plays the desired preset channel for XM2 band
Ǹ
XM3 Preset <1~6>
Plays the desired preset channel for XM3 band
ɂ
Channel <1~255>
Plays the desired channel of the current band
ɂ
Preset <1~6>
Plays the desired preset channel of the current band
ɂ
Channel Up
Plays the next channel of the current band
ɂ
Channel Down
Plays the previous channel of the current band
ɂ
Preset Up
Plays the next preset channel of the current band
ɂ
Preset Down
Plays the previous preset channel of the current band
ɂ
Scan On
Scans receivable channels from the current broadcast and plays for 5 seconds each
ɂ
Scan Off
Ends the currently operating Scan or Preset Scan feature
ɂ
Preset Scan
Moves to the next preset from the current present and plays for 5 seconds each
CD(Audio Type)
Command
Operation
Ǹ
CD
If the DISC inserted in the CD Player is either a CD or MP3 DISC, then the CD or MP3 will be played
Ǹ
CD Track <1~99>
If the DISC inserted in the CD Player is a CD, then CD Mode will start and plays the desired track
ɂ
Play
Plays the currently paused song
ɂ
Pause
Pauses the current song
ɂ
Next Track
Plays the next track
ɂ
Previous Track
Plays the previous track
ɂ
Repeat On
Repeats the current track
ɂ
Repeat Off
Cancels repeat play to play tracks in sequential order
ɂ
Shuffle On
Randomly plays the tracks within the CD
ɂ
Shuffle Off
Cancels random Play to play tracks in sequential order
ɂ
Scan On
Scans the files from the next files for 10 seconds each
ɂ
Scan Off
Ends the currently operating Scan feature
ɂ
Track <1~99>
Plays the desired track number
CD(MP3 Type)
Command
Operation
Ǹ
CD
If the DISC inserted in the CD Player is either a CD or MP3 DISC, then the CD or MP3 will be played
ɂ
Play
Plays the currently paused song
ɂ
Pause
Pauses the current song
ɂ
Next File
Plays the next track
ɂ
Previous File
Plays the previous track
ɂ
Next Folder
Plays the first file in the next folder
ɂ
Previous Folder
Plays the first file in the previous folder
ɂ
Repeat On
Repeats the current file
ɂ
Repeat Off
Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential order
ɂ
Repeat Folder
Repeats all files in the current folder
ɂ
Shuffle On
Plays all files within the CD in random order.
ɂ
Shuffle Off
Cancels random play to play files in sequential order
ɂ
Shuffle Folder
Randomly plays the files within the current folder
ɂ
Scan On
Scans the files from the next files for 10 seconds each
ɂ
Scan Off
Ends the currently operating Scan or Folder Scan feature
ɂ
Folder Scan
Plays all songs in the folder in which the current playing file is located for 10 seconds each
USB Music
Command
Operation
Ǹ
USB
If the USB has been connected to the device, plays the MP3 or Image files within the USB
Ǹ
USB Music
If the USB has been connected to the device, plays the MP3 files within the USB
Ǹ
Play
Plays the currently paused song
ɂ
Pause
Pauses the current song
ɂ
Next File
Plays the next track
ɂ
Previous File
Plays the previous track
ɂ
Next Folder
Plays the first file in the next folder
ɂ
Previous Folder
Plays the first file in the previous folder
ɂ
Repeat On
Repeats the current file
ɂ
Repeat Off
Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential order
ɂ
Repeat Folder
Repeats all files in the current folder
ɂ
Shuffle On
Plays all files within the USB in random order
ɂ
Shuffle Off
Cancels random play to play files in sequential order
ɂ
Shuffle Folder
Randomly plays the files within the current folder
ɂ
Scan On
Scans the files from the next files for 10 seconds each
ɂ
Scan Off
Ends the currently operating Scan or Folder Scan feature
ɂ
Folder Scan
Plays all songs in the folder in which the current playing file is located for 10 seconds each
USB Image
Command
Operation
Ǹ
USB
If the DISC inserted in the CD plays is either a CD or MP3 DISC, then the CD or MP3 will be played
Ǹ
USB Image
If the USB has been connected to the device, plays the MP3 files within the USB
ɂ
Next File
Displays the next image file
ɂ
Previous File
Displays the previous image file
ɂ
Next Folder
Displays the first image file within the next folder
ɂ
Previous Folder
Displays the first image file within the previous folder
iPod
Command
Operation
Ǹ
iPod
Plays the songs within the iPod if the iPod has been connected to the device
ɂ
Play
Plays the currently paused song
ɂ
Pause
Pauses the current song
ɂ
Next Song
Plays the next song
ɂ
Previous Song
Plays the previous song
ɂ
Repeat On
Repeats the current file
ɂ
Repeat Off
Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential order
ɂ
Shuffle On
Plays all files within the current category in random order
ɂ
Shuffle Off
Cancels random play to play files in sequential order
My Music
Command
Operation
Ǹ
My Music
Plays the songs within the My Music
ɂ
Play
Plays the currently paused song
ɂ
Pause
Pauses the current song
ɂ
Next File
Plays the next file
ɂ
Previous File
Plays the previous file
ɂ
Repeat On
Repeats the current file
ɂ
Repeat Off
Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential order
ɂ
Shuffle On
Plays all files within the current category in random order
ɂ
Shuffle Off
Cancels random play to play files in sequential order
ɂ
Scan On
Scans the files from the next files for 10 seconds each
ɂ
Scan Off
Ends the currently operating Scan or Folder Scan feature
Others
Command
Operation
Ǹ
Audio On
Turns on the Audio/Video
Ǹ
Audio Off
Turns off the Audio/Video
Ǹ
Bluetooth Audio
Plays Bluetooth Audio
Ǹ
Auxiliary
Plays the connected auxiliary device
Ǹ
Blue Link
Displays the Blue Link mode screen
Ĝ$NWG.KPMĜ KUCPQRVKQPCNHGCVWTG
Phone Command List
Command
Operation
Ǹ
Call Name
Makes the call to the name
Ǹ
Call 
Call  saved in Contacts
(ex: Call "John")
Ǹ
Dial Number
Makes the call to the number
Ǹ
Dial 
Call can be made by dialing the spoken numbers
(ex: Dial “123”)
Ǹ
Contacts
Displays list of saved contacts. Say the name to connect the call to the corresponding contact.
Ǹ
Recent Calls
The user can select a number from the outgoingヤ incomingヤ and missed calls
Ǹ
Redial
Connects the most recently called number
Navigation Command List
&GUVKPCVKQP
Command
Operation
Ǹ
Find Address
Sets the destination through address search for route guidance
Ǹ
Previous Destination
Sets one of the previous destination as the current destination
Ǹ
Previous Searches
Sets one of the previous searches as the current destination
Ǹ
Find Nearest POI
Sets a POI near the current position as the destination for route guidance through POI category search
Ǹ
Find the Nearest < POI Name>
Sets a POI near the current position as the destination by directly inputting the POI name for route guidance
(ex: Find the Nearest "Restaurants'') ŕł´
POI Category listヤ Page ##
Ǹ
Destination POI by Phone
Number
Sets the destination by searching the phone number of the facility
Ǹ
Find Emergency Police Station
Searches for an emergency Police Station which is nearby the current position and sets it as the destination for r
Ǹ
Find Emergency Hospital
Searches for an emergency Hospital which is nearby the current position and sets it as the destination for route!
Ǹ
Find Emergency Dealership
Searches for an emergency Dealership which is nearby the current position and sets it as the destination for rout
Ǹ
My Places
Sets one of the list of previously registered addresses in the My Places for the user as the destination
Ǹ
Go Home
Sets the previously registered home address as the destination for route guidance
Ǹ
Go to Office
Sets the previously registered office address as the destination for route guidance
Ǹ
Previous Start Position
Sets the previous start position as the current destination
Ǹ
Favorite Place < 1 ~ 5 >
Sets a previously registered favorite place as the destination for route guidance
/CR
Command
Operation
Ǹ
Map Current Location
Displays the current position of the vehicle.
Ǹ
Voice Guidance On
Turns the Voice Guidance On
Ǹ
Voice Guidance Off
Turns the Voice Guidance Off
Ǹ
Voice Guidance Lauder
Increases the Voice Guidance volume by 1 level
Ǹ
Voice Guidance Softer
Decrease the Voice Guidance volume by 1 level
Ǹ
Repeat Voice Guidance
Repeats the route guidance
Ǹ
Cancel Route
Deletes the designated destination and terminates the route guidance
Ǹ
Detour <1ヤ2ヤ5, 10> mile(s)
Searches detour routes within a  mile radius
Ǹ
Detour  kilometer(s)
Searches detour routes within a  kilometer radius
Ǹ
Distance to Destination
Reports the remaining distance until destination by voice
Ǹ
Time to Destination
Reports the remaining time until destination by voice
Ǹ
Store Marked Location to 
(ex: Store Marked Location to "User I"
Registers the selected location into the selected Address book
Ǹ
Replan Fastest Route
Recalculates the route with the fastest route
Ǹ
Replan Shortest Route
Recalculates the route with the shortest route
Ǹ
Zoom In / Zoom Out
Decreases/Increases the map zoom by one level
Ǹ
Zoom 
Displays the map in the corresponding zoom
 : 150, 300, 700 feet/0.25, 0.5 miles/1 mile/2, 4, 8, 16, 64, 130, 250 miles
50, 100, 200, 400, 800 meters/1.6, 3.2, 6.4, 12, 25, 50, 100, 200, 400 kilometers
Ǹ
Zoom Minimum
Displays the map screen in the maximum zoom level
Ǹ
Zoom Maximum
Displays the map screen in the minimum zoom level
Ǹ
View Route
If the destination has been setヤ displays the whole route screen until the destination
Command
Operation
Ǹ
XM Traffic
Displays XM Traffic information on the screen
Ǹ
Auto Zoom On
Turns the Auto Zoom feature on
Ǹ
Auto Zoom Off
Turns the Auto Zoom feature off
Ǹ
Auto Mode
Converts the map display is between daylight/night modes automatically
Ǹ
Daylight Mode
Converts the map display into daylight mode
Ǹ
Night Mode
Converts the map display into night mode
Ǹ
North Up
Displays the map in North Up mode
Ǹ
Heading Up
Displays the map in Heading Up mode
POI Category List
Restaurants
Rest Area
Pharmacy
Court House
African Restaurants
Road Assistance
Shoe Store
Fire Department
American Restaurants
Travel
Shopping Center
Government Offices
Asian Restaurants
Airport
Sporting Goods Store
Library
Chinese Restaurants
Bus Station
Recreation
Police Station
Coffee Shop
Campground
Amusement Park
Post Office
Continental Restaurants
City Center
Cinema
School
Fast Food
Ferry Terminal
Golf Course
Utilities
French Restaurants
Hotel
Museum
Waste & Sanitary
Italian Restaurants
Local Transit
Recreation Area
Services
Japanese Restaurants
Rental Car Agency
Ski Resort
Attorney
Korean Restaurants
Tourist Attraction
Sports Activities
Cleaning & Laundry
Latin American Restaurants
Tourist Information
Sports Complex
Communication Services
Mexican Restaurants
Train Station
Video & Game Rental
Dentist
Seafood Restaurants
Travel Agent
Winery
Funeral Home
Vegetarian Restaurants
Shopping
Other Recreation
Hair & Beauty
Other Restaurants
Bookstore
Financial Services
Hospital
Automotive
Clothing Shop
ATM
Medical Service
Auto Parts
Convenience Store
Bank
Mover Services
Auto Service
Department Store
Business Facility
Photography
Automobile Dealership
Electronics Store
Check Cashing Service
Physician
Car Wash
Gift Shop
Money Transfer
Social Service
Gas Station
Grocery Store
Community
Tailor & Alteration
Hyundai Dealership
Hardware Store
City Hall
Tax Service
Motorcycle Dealership
Home Specialty Store
Civic Center
Parking
Music Store
Convention, Center
6
Information
• XM Data
• Blue Link
• GPS Information
• Help
XM Data
About GPS
Press the [INFO] key ೛ Press |XM Data|
About XM Data Service
The XM Data Service is a paid membership
Satellite radio service which provides users
with traffic, stock, sports, and weather
information.
However, weather information is not
supported for vehicles purchased in Canada.
[Weather]
ফ̒ 3ࢊɾࢂ Τ޽ ࢽ‫ݤ૲ ؿ‬
[More]‫؟‬ટࡶ ੼ଜࠆ ۘ‫ ؿࢽ ۿ‬୙ࢉ
[Traffic]
ѦԻ ۘࢂ ࡪˈࢽ‫[ݤ૲ ؿ‬More] ‫؟‬ટࡶ
੼ଜࠆ ۘ‫ ؿࢽ ۿ‬୙ࢉ
[Stocks]
Favorite StocksԻ एࢽѹ 3ʎ ࣯‫ּࣗݥ‬
ࢽ‫ݤ૲ ؿ‬
[More] ‫؟‬ટࡶ ੼ଜࠆ ۘ‫ ؿࢽ ۿ‬୙ࢉ
[Sports]
My TeamsԻ एࢽѹ 2ʎ ય߾ оଞ ࢽ‫ؿ‬
૲‫ݤ‬
[More]‫؟‬ટࡶ ੼ଜࠆ ۘ‫ ؿࢽ ۿ‬୙ࢉ
Weather Data Service
Press the [INFO] key ೛ Press |XM Data| ೛
Press [Weather : More]
The Weather Service is a service which
provides weather information updated ever 5
minutes for your region.
The Weather Service includes Tabular
Weather, Graphical Weather, Warnings and
Advisories Services.
XM Data
Forecast
Map
Warnings and Advisories
Provides current weather information and
weather information for the coming next
three days for your region.
To change the region, press the |Other City|
button and select the desired region.
This service provides weather information,
such as Cloud, Fog, Rain, Snow, and Road
Conditions on the Navigation map as
symbols.
Details can be viewed on specific regions by
using the zoom in and zoom out features.
This service provides weather warnings and
advisories, such as Tornado, Storm, Flood,
etc. as symbols on the Navigation map.
Details can be viewed on specific regions by
using the zoom in and zoom out features.
XM Data
Traffic Data Service
Press the [INFO] key ೛ Press |XM Data|
೛Press [Traffic : More]
2.Displays Road Traffic situations
RTM (Road Traffic Message) is a feature
which displays symbols of icons for each
type of road traffic condition, such as
locations under construction, accidents,
basic weather, and others on map locations
based on Traffic information provided by XM.
3.Avoidance of locations where traffic
situations have occurred.
If a traffic situation occurs somewhere along
the route, the route is recalculated to avoid
such locations and an avoidance
recalculation popup will be displayed.
• Automatic route recalculation (guidance)
according to changes in traffic conditions.
• Provides short-cuts for initially searched
routes.
• Displays increased detour distance and
estimated driving times.
• Displays icons by each traffic situation on
the map.
1.Route calculation by incorporating
actual road traffic conditions
Incorporation of traffic information to route
calculations is a user option which can be
turned on or off by the user.
4.Displays Traffic Event List
A list providing details on accidents and an
icon which will display the accident location
are displayed. The user can view details by
pressing on the list or move the map to the
accident location by pressing on the
accident icons.
Traffic Stocks Service
XM Stock data Service is a service which
provides real-time updated information on
the NYSE, NASDAQ, and AMEX
(approximately 11,000 symbols)
Press the [INFO] key ೛ Press |XM Data| ೛
Press [Stock : More]
XM Data
Stocks
Stocks is a feature that shows the current
value and change of stocks.
For symbols which you are interested in,
press the  icon to save the
symbol as a part of . Saved
symbols can be viewed from the My
Favorites button on the Stock Main screen.
Stock Search
Use the Stock Search menu to search for
specific stocks.
My Favorites
My Favorites shows list of stocks added by
the user.
XM Data
When GPS info cannot be used
The service provides real-time updated
information on scores and schedules for
major sports, such as NFL, NBA, NCAA
Football, NCAA basketball, NHL, MLB,
NASCAR and more.
Press the [INFO] key ೛ Press |XM Data| ೛
Press [Sports : More]
My Teams
You can save teams which you are
interested in as part of  to easily
view related scores and schedules.
Blue Link
Blue Link
Blue Link ۭ‫ۉ ࡿ࣬ ݡ ࡅࢄ ݘٵ‬ଡ
Press the [INFO] key ೛ Press |Blue Link|
Blue Link ۰‫ ߾ݛٸ‬ɼ࢏Ѹ߭ ࢑ए ߉ࡵ ˁࡉ, Auto Crash Notification
ECO Drivingࢽ‫࣏ ؿ‬ୣ, Blue Link System ࢽ ८ԛ ‫ˈی‬Ի ࢉଜࠆ ߾߭ؒࢇ ࢖Ѱଟ ˁࡉ ୃ
‫ ؿ‬୙ࢉ ̛Мփ ࢿ˓ ѼТЬ.
ࢢ ࡢ৔ࠪ ˈʏЧࢂ ࢽ‫ؿ‬ձ ‫ܖݦ‬ଜʯ Blue
Link ‫܁‬ਫ਼Ի ࢷ‫ܞ‬ଞ ୯ ̝̗˱΢ ࢷ୘ɼ ࠉʼ
џТЏ.
̝̗ ˱΢ ࢷ୘ɼ ࠉʼѸִ ߇ࢷ ۘжࡕࢇ ୃ
ࢢ ۘଢ଼߾ Ҭհ ࢶࢸଞ ࣏৔ձ ীଜʯ Ѹֲ
Ѱ‫ˈ ߾ݤ‬ʏЧ͉ ࢶࢸଞ ଭѰ ࣏৔ձ ۶ָଢ
ТЏ.
[Downloade
d POI]
Blue Link ‫܁‬ਫ਼ ӖЕ ࡠ‫ࢇی‬ઝձ ੼ଜࠆ
ЬࡋԻҖ ѹ POI ࢽ‫ ؿ‬୙ࢉ
[ECO
Driving]
८ԛ ࠉ‫̐ ٸ‬Ԏ଎ ‫ ؀‬ˁࢿ ࡋࢷ ࢽ‫ؿ‬ձ
୙ࢉ
[system
Info]
Blue Link ‫ݛݤ‬੬ ࢽ‫ ؿ‬୙ࢉ ‫߶ ؀‬іࢇ
ઝ
[Gas
Station]
Blue Link ‫܁‬ਫ਼ ӖЕ ࡠ‫ࢇی‬ઝձ ੼ଜࠆ
ЬࡋԻҖ ѹ Gas Station ࢽ‫ ؿ‬୙ࢉ
[Restaurant
s]
Blue Link ‫܁‬ਫ਼ ӖЕ ࡠ‫ࢇی‬ઝձ ੼ଜࠆ
ЬࡋԻҖ ѹ Restaurants ࢽ‫ ؿ‬୙ࢉ
[Location
Sharing]
Blue Link ‫܁‬ਫ਼ ӖЕ ࡠ‫ࢇی‬ઝձ ੼ଜࠆ
˓ࡪѹ ৖˱ࢂ ࡢ৔ ࢽ‫ ؿ‬୙ࢉ
Blue Link ߄ࢴ ‫ݘٵۭ ߄ؼ ׽‬
Blue Link
SOS
[SOS] ੁձ ੼ଜࠆ ̝̗ ˱΢ ۰‫ݛٸ‬ձ ࡁঐ
ଟ ܹ ࢑‫ݡ‬ТЬ. SOS۰‫ݛٸ‬ɼ ࡁঐѸִ ८ԛ
ࢽ‫ࡢ ࢢୃ ؀ ؿ‬৔ ࢽ‫ؿ‬ɼ Blue Link ‫܁‬ਫ਼Ի
ࢷ‫ ܞ‬Ѹֲ ߇ࢷ ۘжࡕ˕ࢂ ੼୘ɼ ࠉʼѼТ
ĐŹ.
߇ࢷ ۘжࡕࡵ ̝̗ ˱΢ ࡁࡕࢇ ୃࢠ߾ Ѧ९
ଟ Ҷ̧ए ੼୘ձ ࡪएଜֲ ˈʏЧ͉ ࢶࢸଞ
ଭѰ ࣏৔ձ ۶ָଢТЬ.
५Ԙ ѣΟ ،ऌ ۭ‫ݘٵ‬
५Ԙ ‫ܓ‬ѣ ʀ‫ܒ‬
८ԛ Ѧ΢߾ оଞ ۘଢ଼ࢇ ʃएѹ ˁࡉ, Ѧ΢
ࢽ‫ؿ‬Е ई‫˗ ݤ‬ଟ ˁॲ۰Ի ࢷ‫ܞ‬Ѹֲ Blue
Link ‫܁‬ਫ਼Е ˗ଟ ˁॲࢇ Ѧ΢ѹ ८ԛࡶ ‫ܖݦ‬
ଜʯ ܹؑ ‫ ؀‬ୣܹଟ ܹ ࢑ѦԼ ˗԰ ࢽ‫ؿ‬ձ
एࡕ ଢТЬ.
८ԛ ࣯ଭ ࣸ Ѧ΢ࢇ ʃएѸִ ˗԰ ‫ئ‬թ߾
̒ʠଜࠆ ଥк ८ԛࢂ ‫ܖ‬Ѧձ ߇ࢷ‫ܖ‬Ѧ̧ए
ঊঊ஢ ʃ‫੆ݤܕ‬ТЬ. ࢇҶ Ьࡸ˕ ʋࡵ ˁˈ
֩‫ݤ‬एɼ ૲‫ݤ‬ѼТЬ.
५Ԙ ‫ݡ‬ѭ ̓ऌ
८ԛ Ѧ΢ࢇ ʃएѸִ ˗԰ ‫ئ‬թ߾ ̒ʠଜࠆ
ଥк ८ԛࢂ ‫ݤ‬Ѱࡶ ८ЯଢТЬ.
८ԛ ‫ݤ‬Ѱ ̖एЕ ୃࢢ ८ԛࢂ ‫ݤ‬Ѱࢇ ̿ࣇ
࢑Е ۘଢ଼߾۰ ࢖Ѱଜֲ, ८ԛࢇ ࢇѰ ࣸࢉ
ˁࡉ߾Е ८ԛࢇ ֣শ ୯ ‫ݤ‬Ѱࢇ ̿ऑ ୯߾
ࢢ‫ݤ‬Ѱ ‫ ݤ‬८Я ѼТЬ.
Blue Link
࡟৑ ࢺ‫ݘٵۭ ؼ‬
Blue Link ‫۾‬ਜ਼ծ ੹ଛ POI ࢺ‫ ؼ‬Щࡈ
Ըғ
Blue Link POI
Օ‫ײ‬ԙਾ ϹիВ ࢄ‫ײ‬ऌ
Blue Link ‫۾‬ਜ਼ծ ੹ଛ POI ࢺ‫ ؼ‬Щࡈ
2. ࠉʼ ୯ Blue Link ‫܁‬ਫ਼ࢂ ࡸ‫੼ ࡶݥࢉ۽‬ଜ
Ըғ
ࠆ POI ࢽ‫ؿ‬ձ ࡁঐ
3. ࡁঐѹ POI ࢽ‫ؿ‬ձ ܹ‫ݦ‬ଜִ ୘ִ߾ ܹ‫ ݦ‬1. Blue Link ࡠ‫ࢇی‬ઝ (www.myhyndai.com)
ѹ POI ࢽ‫ؿ‬ɼ ૲‫ݤ‬ѼТЬ.
ձ ؏‫ח‬ଜࠆ ߾۰ ࡕଜЕ POI ࢽ‫ؿ‬ձ ʦۛଞ
୯ ८ԛࡳԻ ࢷ‫ܞ‬ଢТЬ.
2. ࢷ‫ ܞ‬୯ ८ԛ ‫ݤ‬Ѱࡶ ਄ִ Ьࡸ˕ ʋࡵ POI
ЬࡋԻҖ ֩‫ݤ‬एɼ ૲‫ݤ‬ѼТЬ.
Blue Link Call ࠆʹ୕ֱ
1. ՘‫׵‬Ԝࢂ [Blue Link POI] ੁձ ЀԜ Blue
Link ‫܁‬ਫ਼Ի ࠉʼ.
Blue Link Call ࠆʹ୕ֱ
POI ЩࡈԸғ ષ߳
3.YESձ ۴੔ଜࠆ ЬࡋԻҖ ѹ POIּԼࡶ
୙ࢉଢТЬ.
POI ն‫ݘ‬ચ ୕ֱ
Blue Link
ЩࡈԸғ Ѷ POI ࢺ‫ࢆୖ ؼ‬
Press the [INFO] key ೛ |Blue Link| ۴੔
೛[Downloaded POI] ۴੔
POI ն‫ݘ‬ચ ୕ֱ
Information
• ̛‫ࡳࢶق‬Ի POIּԼࡵ ୃࢢ ࡢ৔ձ ࣱ̛ࡳԻ
Τज ܻ۰Ի ૲‫ ݤ‬ѼТЬ. փߟ ࣯ଭ ࣸࢉ ˁԻ
ࣱ̛ ӖЕ ЬࡋԻҖ ѹ ʠչձ ࣱ̛ࡳԻ ૲‫ݤ‬ձ
ࡕଞЬִ Distance ӖЕ On Routeձ ۴੔ଜ‫ݫ‬
‫ࠝݤ‬.
•ΰ‫ٸ‬ʯࢇ‫߾܊‬۰ ̛࣑߾ ۶ࢽѹ ּࢶए߾ оଞ
ˁԻձ ੎ۛ ࣸࢉ ˁࡉ߾Е एѦ୘ִࡳԻ ࢇѰ
ଟ ܹ ߷‫ݡ‬ТЬ. ˁԻ ੎ۛ ࠬՎ ୯ Ь‫ࡈࢇ ݤ‬ଥ
࣯‫ࠝݤݫ‬.
Poi ࢷ୘ ࠉʼࡵ ‫ٴ‬Քઆ‫ݛ‬ձ ੼ଜࠆ ࢷ୘̛ձ
ࠉʼଜ̛ Ҷ‫ࢵ֠ ߾ח‬, ‫ٴ‬Քઆ‫ࢷ ݛ‬୘ɼ ࠉʼѸ
߭ ࢑Еए ୙ࢉ ଜࠆ ࣯‫ࠝݤݫ‬.
ЩࡈԸғ Ѷ Gas Station ࢺ‫ࢆୖ ؼ‬
Press the [INFO] key ೛ |Blue Link| ۴੔
೛[Gas Station] ۴੔
Gas Station ն‫ݘ‬ચ ୕ֱ
POI չ‫ݛ‬ઝձ ۴੔ଜִ ۘ‫ؿࢽ ۿ‬ձ ୙ࢉଟ
ܹ ࢑‫ݡ‬ТЬ.
Gas Station ‫ֱ୕ ؼࢺ ۼە‬
POI ‫ֱ୕ ؼࢺ ۼە‬
[View Map]
[Call]
[Delete]
ୃࢢ ۴੔ѹ POIࢂ ࡢ৔ձ एѦ ۘ߾۰
୙ࢉ
ୃࢢ ۴੔ѹ POIԻ ࢷ୘ ʤ̛
ୃࢢ ۴੔ѹ POI ࢽ‫ࢿۍ ؿ‬
Blue Link
ЩࡈԸғ Ѷ Restaurants ࢺ‫ࢆୖ ؼ‬
Press the [INFO] key ೛ |Blue Link| ۴੔
೛[Restaurants ]۴੔
ːࡧѶ ৓ˮࡿ ࡟৑ ࢺ‫ࢆୖ ؼ‬
έ ࡟৑ծ ৓ˮ߻ʬ ࢴ‫ܛ‬
Press the [INFO] key ೛ |Blue Link| ۴੔
೛[Location Sharing ]۴੔
Blue Link POI
Օ‫ײ‬ԙਾ ϹիВ ࢄ‫ײ‬ऌ
Restaurants ն‫ݘ‬ચ ୕ֱ
Location Sharing ն‫ݘ‬ચ ୕ֱ
1. ՘‫׵‬Ԝࢂ [Blue Link POI] ੁձ ЀԜ Blue
Link‫܁‬ਫ਼Ի ࠉʼ
Restaurants ‫ֱ୕ ؼࢺ ۼە‬
Location Sharing ‫ֱ୕ ؼࢺ ۼە‬
Blue Link Call
੹୕ ࣵ ୕ֱ
2.ࠉʼ ୯ Blue Link ‫܁‬ਫ਼ ۘжࡕ߾ʯ ΰ ࡢ৔
ձ ৖˱߾ʯ ࢷ‫ܞ‬ଟ ʨࡶ ࡁঐ
3.ΰ ࡢ৔ɼ ৖˱߾ʯ ࢷ‫ܞ‬ѻ
Blue Link
५Ԙ ࢺ‫ݘٵۭ ؼ‬
Eco Driving
Press the [INFO] key ೛ |Blue Link|
۴੔ ೛[Eco Driving] ۴੔
Eco Driving ୕ֱ
ࠆ‫̍ ٵ‬ԋଋ
Average
Fuel
Economy
ૡ̎ࠉ‫(ٸ‬Community) о‫ٸ‬ଞ 2.5ٗ ɾʸ
ࢂ ࠉ‫ݤ૲ ؿࢽٸ‬
‫ݤ‬Ѱ ୯ ८ԛ ࣯ଭ߾ Ҭհ ૡ̎ ࠉ‫ٸ‬
Fuel
Consumptio
n last 2.5
min
ফ̒ 2.5 ٗ Ѱ߇ࢂ ࠉ‫ٸ‬
Eco Reward
ૡ̎ࠉ‫ؿٸ‬Ь ࣚࡵ ࡋࢷࡶ ଜЕ ˁࡉ ࢺܹ
୤җ
Help
ࠉ‫̐ ٸ‬Ԏ଎߾ оଞ ۘ‫ ۿ‬۶ָ ૲‫ݤ‬
ۭ‫ ݘٵ‬րՋ ߇պ
࢒ѭ ५Ԙ ऎЬ ‫߇ ࢝˅ ׽‬պ
Blue Link ۰‫ ݛٸ‬փՎ ‫ ࢇࢺݤ‬ɼ̧ࡓ ִࠝ,
Ьࡸ˕ ʋࡵ ֩‫ݤ‬एɼ ૲‫ ݤ‬ѼТЬ.
۰‫ ݛٸ‬փՎ ߊսࡵ ࡠ‫ࢇی‬ઝ, ࢇ֩ࢊ ‫ח ؀‬
࢕ ֩‫ݤ‬एձ ੼ଜࠆ ̛࣯ࢶࡳԻ ߇ΰѼТЬ.
८ԛ ۘ੓߾ оଞ ࢇۘࢇ ʃएѸִ ଥк ࢇۘ
߾ оଞ ߇ΰࠪ ࣏৔‫ی‬ତ߾ оଜࠆ ୘ִ߾ ૲
‫ݤ‬ѼТЬ.
Blue Link
Eco Driving
८ԛࢂ չਐ ӖЕ ৪૓ࢉ ࢽ‫ؿ‬ɼ ܹ‫ݦ‬Ѹִ Ь
ࡸ˕ ʋࡵ ֩‫ݤ‬एɼ ૲‫ݤ‬ѼТЬ.
Blue Link ‫ݘݡ‬੩ ࢺ‫ؼ‬
Press the [INFO] key ೛ |Blue Link| ۴੔
೛[System Info] ۴੔
System Info ୕ֱ
Model
১ૐࢆ ߇պ ષ߳
Version
MEID NO.
Update
(USB)
Blue Link ֻљ ࢇղ
Blue Link ଜҖ࡛߭ ‫ܕ ؀‬଎ઝ࡛߭ ‫ࢷ؟‬
Blue Link ‫ݛݤ‬੬ ˈࡪ ‫୎ء‬
USBձ ੼ଞ Blue Link ‫ݛݤ‬੬ ߶іࢇઝ
GPS Information
About GPS
GPS (Global Position System) :
GPS is a system developed and operated
by the United States that determines the
user’s current position (longitude • latitude,
etc) by using 4 or more satellites.
This system is used with related GPS
information, various sensors, road map
data, and other related information to
provide navigation services
Information
• For continued map updates, information
gathering and surveys are conducted
continuously to monitor road changes or new
road constructions. Nonetheless, roads,
facilities, and fares are under constant change
and it is impossible to completely remove all
errors, including road updates, names, facilities,
and fares. Please keep such fact in mind when
using GPS.
• In principle, roads with widths less than 3m
are not included within the map data. Roads
with sections with widths less than 3m may be
deleted in future map data updates.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
When GPS info cannot be used
GPS info may not operate under the
following conditions.
• When buildings, tunnels, or other
obstructions block satellite signals
• When materials are placed above the
GPS antenna and block satellite signals
• When the satellite is not transmitting
• When a digital cellular phone (1.5GHz)
is placed near the GPS antenna
Errors unavoidable due to
system characteristics
• The navigation system uses GPS
information, various sensors, road map
data, and other related information to
display the current position. Errors may
occur if the satellite is transmitting
inaccurate signals or only two or less
satellite signals can be received. Errors that
occur in such conditions cannot be corrected.
Viewing GPS Info
Press the [INFO] key ೛ Select |ȿGPS Info|
The GPS reception and vehicle speed
information are displayed.
ળઝ
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Help
Viewing Help
Press the [INFO] key ೛ Select |ȿHelp|
Help sections on the Navigation and
BluetoothÂŽ features can be selected and
viewed.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
7
Other
Features
• Climate Mode
• PGS
Climate Mode
Operating Climate Mode
Press the [CLIMATE] key to display the
Climate status bar.
Information
• When operating the Multimedia or Navigation
mode, press a Climate related key, such as
[TEMP], [AUTO], [A/C] to display the Climate
status bar at the top of screen.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
Basic Mode Screen
Name
Displays whether the heating/cooling auto
function is on/off
3 A/C Display
Displays whether the a/c is on/off
4 Fan level Display
Displays the current fan level
Fan Direction
Display
Displays the set fan direction
6 DUAL Display
Enables the driver/passenger temperature to
be set independently
7 Passenger-side
temperature
Displays the passenger-side temperature
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
ળઝ
Displays the driver-side temperature
2 AUTO Display
Driver-side
temperature
Description
Climate Mode
Controlling driver/passenger
temperature independently
Basic Operation
Controlling driver/passenger
Temperature simultaneously
Press the [DUAL] key to turn the DUAL
setting back on.
Press the [DUAL] key to turn the DUAL
setting off.
When DUAL is disabled, the driver-side
and passenger-side temperatures are
controlled simultaneously.
Information
• The cabin temperature can be adjusted in
0.5Ȕ units within a range of 17.5Ȕ~ 31.5Ȕ.
• The temperature will be displayed as LOW
once it is adjusted below 17.5Ȕ and HIGH
once it is adjusted above 31.5Ȕ.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Setting Fan Direction
Press the fan keys to change the fan
direction.
When DUAL has been enabled, the driver-side
and passenger-side temperatures can be
controlled independently.
Information
When setting the driver-side temperature
with DUAL on, the DUAL button will turn OFF if
the driver-side temperature is set to LOW or
HIGH
ળઝ
Information
• When setting the driver-side temperature
with DUAL on, the DUAL button will turn OFF if
the driver-side temperature is set to LOW or
HIGH.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Climate Mode
Setting Fan Level
Press the [ȿ‫଀ܞ‬ԛ ࣏ࢸ|key to change the
fan level.
Information
If the fan level is changed while in [AUTO]
mode, AUTO mode will turn off.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
PGS (Parking Guide System)
About PGS (Parking Guide
System)
Operating sequence of the PGS
1. Position the ignition key in ACC or ON.
• PGS System is a system which provides
monitored parking guidance.
• The PGS will operate automatically when
the ignition Key is turned ON and the
transmission level is set to Reverse. The
PGS will automatically stop operating when
the transmission shift lever is set outside of
reverse.
•The PGS(Parking Guide System)is an
optional feature
2. Position the transmission lever to R.
3. The PGS mode will be displayed on the
screen.
Information
Guidance track is as follows:
• Red line -1.64 feet from the rear bumper
• Yellow line – 3.28 feet from the rear bumper.
• Blue line – 9.84 feet from the rear bumper.
• Red line – Track following left side driver side
wheel
• Yellow line – Track following right side
passenger side wheel
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
8
Setup
• Setup
• Using Setup
Setup
Basic Mode Screen
15
10
11
12
13
14
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
Name
Description
1 Sound
Sets sound related settings
2 Display
Sets display related settings
3 HD Radio
Sets HD Radio related settings
4 BluetoothÂŽ
Sets BluetoothÂŽ related settings
5 Navigation
Sets various settings found within Navigation
mode
6 Edit My Places
Set/Edit My Places within Navigation Mode
7 Traffic
Sets Traffic Information related settings
Voice
8 Recognition
Sets voice recognition related settings
9 Clock
Sets current time and clock display
10 Picture Frame
Sets screen displayed when device is turned
off
11 Keyboard
Sets the keyboard type
12 Language
Sets language for use within the device
13 System
Update
Checks system software version and receive
updates
14 Display Off
Turn device display on/off
(The device power will not be turned off)
15 Close
Close Setup menu screen
Starting Mode
Sound
Press the [SETUP] key ೛ Press |ȿSound|
Setting Balance/Fader
Press the |ȿSound| button ೛ Press
|Fader/Balance| ೛ Set and press |Done|
Information
The Balance/Fader settings allows you to set
the sound position. For example, you can set
the sound close to the driver-seat so that the
volume is relatively lower in the passenger or
rear seats.
Setting Bass/Mid/Treble
Press the |ȿSound| button ೛ Press
|Bass/Mid/Treble| ೛ Set and press |Done|
Use the |ೞ| or |೛| buttons to adjust the
Bass/Mid/Treble settings.
Press |Default| to restore sound to the
center position.
Information
• Press the |Default| button to restore the
Bass/Mid/Treble to the center position.
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
ળઝ
Press the [SETUP] key to can check and
change the settings for all features found
within the Navigation system.
Use the |ɀ|, |Ɂ|, |ೞ|, |೛| buttons to move
the cursor on the control screen to the
desired position.
Using Setup
Setting Volume Ratio
Press the |ȿSound| button ೛ Press
|Volume Ratio| ೛ Set and press |Done|
Information
• The rear seat speaker will maintain its audio
volume regardless of which volume ratio is
selected.
Press the |ȿSound| button ೛ Press
|Advanced|೛ Turn the feature |On| ೛
Set and press |Done|
These options are used to set the volume
ratio by selecting from Navigation Priority/
Audio Priority/Same Ratio.
Name
Navigation
Priority
Audio
Priority
3 Same
Ratio
Press the |ȿSound| button ೛ Press
|̰Beep| ೛ Set and press |Done|
Speed Dependent Volume Control
Setting Beep
Each press of this button turns the BEEP
tone on/off.
Description
Navigation guidance is
output louder than audio
Volume
Audio volume is output
louder than the navigation
guidance.
Audio volume and
navigation guidance are
output in identical volume
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Information
The volume level is controlled automatically
according to the vehicle speed.
• When the light on the left side of the button is
turned on, this indicates that the BEEP tone is
active. Press the |ČżBeep| button again to turn
off the BEEP tone.
Display
Press the [SETUP] key ೛ Press
|ČżDisplay|
Setting Illumination
Press the |ȿDisplay| button ೛ Press
|Illumination|
HD Radio
Press the [SETUP] key ೛ Press
|ČżHD Radio|
Adjusting Screen
Press the |ȿDisplay| button ೛ Press |Adjust
Screen| ೛ Set and press |Done|
Name
Description
1 Automatic
Adjusts the brightness
automatically according to
surrounding brightness
2 Daylight
Night
Name
Description
1 FM-HD
Radio
Used to set FM-HD Radio
On/Off
2 AM-HD
Radio
Used to set AM-HD Radio
On/Off
Information
When set to Automatic, the screen brightness
and color will automatically be adjusted
according to the surrounding brightness.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
ળઝ
Use the|ೞ| or |೛| buttons to adjust the
display brightness and color.
Always maintains the
brightness on high
Always maintains the
brightness on low
These settings are used to set whether to
turn HD Radio On/Off.
Using Setup
BluetoothÂŽ
Auto Connection Settings
Press the [SETUP] key ೛ Press
|Ě°Bluetooth|
Press |̰Bluetooth| button ೛ Press |Auto
Connections Settings| ೛ Set and press
|Done|
Information
• If you press the |Setting| button next to the
|User Selected Phone| and |Connect by
Priority| options, you can designate the phone
you want to connect or set the phone priority.
These menus allow you to set BluetoothÂŽ
related features.
Name
Auto
Settings
Contacts
2 Sync Setting
Contacts
3 Download
Setting
Streaming
4 Audio Setting
Advanced
Settings
Press |̰Bluetooth| ೛ Press|ȿContacts
Sync Setting| ೛ Set and press |Done|
1 Connection
Contacts Sync Setting
Description
Sets BluetoothÂŽ device auto
connection when car ignition
is turned on between the vehicle
and BluetoothÂŽ devices
Automatically downloads the
mobile phone contacts and
call histories to the car upon
connecting BluetoothÂŽ
Sets which Contacts to
download from between
Mobile or SIM contacts
Sets whether to use the
streaming audio feature
Sets Bluetooth related settings,
including Change Passkey,
Change Device Information,
Delete Favorites, Delete Call
History and Restore Factory
Settings
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
If auto connection is turned on, a BluetoothÂŽ
device will automatically be connected
according to the option setting when the car
ignition is turned on.
Name
Disable Auto
Connection
Previously
2 Connected
Phone
User Selected
Description
Disables auto connection
Automatically connects
the previously connected
BluetoothÂŽ device
3 Phone
Automatically connects to
the set BluetoothÂŽ device
Connect by
4 Priority
Automatically connects
according
to the set BluetoothÂŽ
phone priority
This feature automatically downloads the
mobile phone contacts and call histories
to the car upon BluetoothÂŽ connection.
If you do not wish to use Contacts Sync,
turn the feature off.
Information
• This feature may not be supported in some
BluetoothÂŽ devices.
Using Setup
Contacts Download Setting
Press |̰Bluetooth| ೛ Press|ȿContacts
Download Setting| ೛ Set and press |Done|
Streaming Audio Setting
Press |̰Bluetooth| ೛ Press|ȿStreaming
Audio Setting| ೛ |Done|
Name
1 Change
Passkey
You can select the contacts you wish to
download.
Name
Description
When streaming audio is turned On, you
can play music files saved in your
BluetoothÂŽ device from the car.
Information
2 Device
Information
Delete All
3 Favorites
Description
Changes the passkey
used to authenticate
BluetoothÂŽ Device
Searches car BluetoothÂŽ
device information and
change device name
Deletes all favorites of
connected BluetoothÂŽ
Device
Download contacts saved
in your mobile phone
• This feature may not be supported in some
BluetoothÂŽ devices
Delete All
4 Call
History
Deletes all call history of
connected BluetoothÂŽ
Device
SIM
Contacts
Download contacts saved
in SIM
Advanced Settings
Restore
5 Factory
Settings
Restores BluetoothÂŽ
factory state settings
Information
• When the mobile phone contacts and SIM
contacts are both selected, the mobile phone
contacts will be downloaded first.
Press |ȿBluetooth| ೛ Press|ȿAdvanced
Settings|
Advanced Settings allow you to control
additional BluetoothÂŽ related settings. For
safety, first park the vehicle in a safe
location to operate these features.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
ળઝ
Mobile
Contacts
Change Passkey
Device Information
Delete All Favorites
Press |ȿBluetooth| ೛ Press|ȿAdvanced
Settings| ೛ Press|ȿChange Passkey| ೛
Set and press |Done|
Press |ȿBluetooth| ೛ Press|ȿAdvanced
Settings| ೛ Press |ȿDevice Information|
Press |ȿBluetooth| ೛ Press|ȿAdvanced
Settings| ೛ Press |ȿDelete All Favorites|
This feature is used to change the passkey
required to connect a BluetoothÂŽ device
to the car.
This feature allows you to check device
information.
This feature allows you to delete all
Favorites saved in the Car Handsfree for the
currently connected Bluetooth device.
Information
• The default passkey is 0000.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Information
•Press the |Change Name| button to change
the name of the device.
• The default car name is set to Santa Fe.
• The device name and address shown in the
above is only an example. Check your device
for the actual device information.
Information
• If there are no Favorites or a Bluetooth®
device is not connected, the |ČźDelete All
Favorites| button will be disabled.
Using Setup
Delete All Call History
Restore Factory Settings
Navigation
Press |ȿBluetooth| ೛ Press|ȿAdvanced
Settings| ೛ Press |ȿDelete All Call History|
Press |ȿBluetooth| ೛ Press |ȿAdvanced
Settings| ೛ Press |ȿRestore Factory
Settings|
Press the [SETUP] key೛ Press
|ČżNavigation|
Main
Press the |ȿNavigation| button ೛ Press
|Main| ೛ Set and press |Done|
This feature allows you to delete all call
histories saved in the Car Handsfree for the
currently connected device.
Information
Information
• The |̰Restore Factory Settings| feature
cannot be used when a BluetoothÂŽ device is
connected. To use this feature, first disconnect
the BluetoothÂŽ device.
ળઝ
• If there are no call histories or a Bluetooth®
device is not connected, the |ČźDelete All Call
History| button will be disabled.
Turning on this feature will erase all paired
phones and allows you to restore
BluetoothÂŽ related settings and data to the
default factory settings.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
This menu is used to set general navigation
options.
Name
1 Unit
2 Estimated
Time of
3 Distance
and
Time to
Display
Previous
Destinations
upon Startup
5 Driving
Speed
Setting
6 Auto Search
when fuel
gauge
reads low
Description
Sets whether to display
distance as km/mi
Set whether to display
estimated time of arrival
or travel on the route info
display screen
Set whether to display
distance and time to
destination or to waypoint on
the route info display screen
Set whether to display the
previous destinations popup
upon starting system
Set basic info to calculate
estimated arrival time to
destination or waypoint
Automatically search for gas
stations when fuel gauge
reads low
Information
• When you have finished with the settings,
press the |Done| button to save changes.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Driving Speed Setting
Press the |Edit| button within the “Driving
Speed Setting” menu to set the estimated
driving speed for residential roads, main
streets, and expressways. The set driving
speed is applied to calculate the estimated
time to reach the destination or waypoint.
The changed driving speed is used to
calculate the estimated time until the
destination or waypoint.
Press the |Default| button to reset the driving
speed settings
Information
• Default Driving Speed Settings for Residential,
Main Streets, and Expressways are 20mph,
35mph, and 60mph, respectively.
Using Setup
Display
Press the |ȿNavigation| button ೛ Press
|Display| ೛ Set and press |Done|
Route Indicator Line
Press the |ČżEdit| button within the |Route
Indicator Line| menu to change the color
of the route indicator line.
Route Search
Press the |ȿNavigation| button ೛ Press
|Route Search| ೛ Set and press |Done|
This menu is used to set the color of the
Route Indicator line displayed when
receiving route guidance.
This menu is used to set route search
related options.
Information
0COG
Use
Alternative
Route Search
Display Route
Options after
Re-calculation
&GUETKRVKQP
Set whether to first
display alternative routes
upon conducting route
search
Set whether to display
the pop-up screen that
allows changes to route
options upon route
recalculation
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
ળઝ
• When you have finished with the settings,
press the |Done| button to save changes.
Using Setup
Speed Alert Guidance
Guidance
Press the |ȿNavigation| button ೛ Press the To change the |Speed Alert Guidance|
desired |Guidance| ೛ Set and press |Done| option, press the |Edit| button within the
“Speed Alert Guidance” menu.
Name
Guidance
Setup
This menu is used to set options on
speed alerts and driver alerts.
Name
2 Distance
Setup
Sets Alarm sound for
speed alerts/ over
speeding and speed
guidance when volume
is muted.
Sets camera guidance
alarm distance
Description
1 Speed Alert
Guidance
Set options related to
various camera alerts
2 Driver Alert
Guidance
Set options related to
speed bumps, curves,
and merges
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Description
Information
• Distance can be set in 0.06mi units.
To initialize settings, press the |Default| button.
Driver Alert Guidance
My Places
Default
To set the Driver Alert Guidance, option,
press the |Edit| button within the “Driver Alert Press the |ȿNavigation| button ೛ Press
Press the [SETUP] key ೛ Press |ȿEdit My
Guidance” menu.
|Default ೛ Set and press |Done|
Places|
My Places
Press the |ȿEdit My Places| button ೛Press
|My Place| ೛ Set and press |Done|
This menu is used to reset saved changes
and user preferences.
Name
Description
Initialize
Settings
Resets all settings back
to the default state
Memory
Points
Resets all saved memory
point information
ળઝ
Information
• Alerts provided within Driver Alert Guidance
may differ depending on actual road conditions.
Information
• If the settings of an option are reset, then all
settings will be restored to the default factory
state.
• Heed caution as Home, Office and other user
locations may become deleted.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Using Setup
From the My Places list, select the desired
Favorite Places
menu to either add, delete or edit My Places.
Name
Description
1 Store
current
Position
Add the current vehicle
position as a My Place
Add My
2 Places
Add a My Place by using
search functions
Edit My
3 Places
Edit information pertaining
to saved My Places, such
as name, location, and
telephone number
Press the |ȿEdit My Places| button ೛Press
|Favorite Places| ೛ Set and press |Done|
Name
Description
1 Store
current
Position
Adds the current vehicle
position as a Favorite
Place
Add
2 Favorite
Place
Add a Favorite Place by
using search functions
Edit
Favorite
Place
Delete
4 Favorite
Place
Edit information pertaining
to saved Favorite Places,
such as name, location,
and telephone number
Delete one or all saved
Favorite Places
Delete
4 selected
My
Places
Edit
5 Group
name
Delete one or all saved My
Places
Edit name of corresponding
group
Information
Information
• By default, names of folders have been set as
“Group”.
A total of 4 Favorite Places can be saved.
Favorite Places can be selected at the
bottom of the Destination Search main
screen.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
‡If Favorite Places have not been added, the
|Edit Favorite Place| and |Delete Favorite
Place| buttons will be disabled.
Home, Office
Press the |ȿEdit My Places| button ೛Press
|Home| or |Office|
Information
• If the Home and Office has not been set,
these buttons will be displayed as disabled
within the Destination Search screen.
Speed Alerts
Press the |ȿEdit My Places| button ೛Press
|Speed Alerts| ೛ Set and press |Done|
М
ઝ
|ҟԼ৞֩Ԃ| ૜ख୘ִ߾۰ |ָঢ়|, |ࡢ৔| ҟ
ࢂ ૜खࢇ ɼМଜֲ ࢿଞ‫ܖ‬Ѧ ‫ ؀‬৞֩Ԃࢂ ࣗ
զ ۶ࢽ, ૜खࡶ ଟ ܹ ࢑‫ݡ‬ТЬ.
ળઝ
One Home and Office can each be saved.
The set Home and Office positions can be
selected at the bottom of the Destination
Search main screen.
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
Using Setup
Traffic Setup
Press the [SETUP] key ೛ Press |ȿ Traffic
Setup |
0COG
&GUETKRVKQP
Data Radio
1 ID
Check information on XM
traffic data service
activation and activation ID
Display
2 Traffic and
Flow Data
on
Map
Voice
Sets whether to display
real-time traffic information
on map
Prompt for
3 Traffic and
Flow
Warning
Provide
4 Re-Routing
Options
Voice Recognition Settings
Press the [SETUP] key ೛ Press |ȿ Voice
Recognition ೛ Set and press |Done|
Sets whether to receive
voice prompts for real-time
traffic information and
conditions
Sets whether to use rerouting options by reflecting
traffic conditions
Information
• XM Traffic Data service requires a separate
subscription. To subscribe to this service,
please contact the number displayed on the
screen.
This menu is used to set voice recognition
mode between Normal and Expert mode.
&GUETKRVKQP
This menu is used to set options related to
traffic and flow data, voice prompts, and rerouting options based on traffic conditions.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
1 Normal
When using voice
recognition, provides
detailed prompts and is
suited for beginner users
2 Expert
When using voice
recognition, omits certain
prompts and is suited for
experienced users
Clock Settings
Picture Frame
Information
Press the [SETUP] key ೛Press |̰Clock|
• When Daylight Savings Time is turned on, the
clock is moved back one hour.
Clock Setting
Press the [SETUP] key ೛ Press |ȿPicture
Frame| ೛ Set and Press |Done|
View
Press |Time| ೛ Set and press |Done|
Press |ȿClock| ೛ Press |View| ೛ Set and
press |Done|
This menu is used to set the time used
within the Navigation system.
Name
Description
Daylight
2 Saving Time
Turns on/off daylight saving
time feature
This menu is used to set the clock type
and date display within the Navigation
system.
Name
1 Clock
Type
Date
3 Time Format
Converts the time system
shown when within digital
clock between 12 hour / 24
hours
2 Display
Name
Description
Clock
Displays the clock on the
screen when the system power
is turned off
Description
Changes Clock Type (Digital/
Analog)
Image
Displays an image when the
system power is turned off.
Sets whether to display date
within Clock screen
No Image
No image is displayed when the
system power is turned off
Information
Caution
• The time may not be properly displayed if the
GPS time is not connected
• When the picture frame is set to “Image',
images saved within a USB can be as the
picture frame by pressing the |Browse| button.
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
ળઝ
1 GPS Time
Displays time according to
the received GPS time
This menu is used to select the screen
displayed when the system power is turned
off
Using Setup
Keyboard
Name
Press the [SETUP] key ೛ Press
|ȿKeyboard| ೛ Set and press |Done|
1 ABC
Keyboard with characters
arranged in order
2 QWERTY
Keyboard similar to the one
used within a computer
Language
Press the |ȿLanguage| ೛ Set and Press
|Done|
Information
• The set keyboard will be applied to all input
modes across the entire system.
This option allows you to change the type
of keyboard used within the system.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
Description
This menu is used to set the language of the
system display and voice language. You can
select the desired language from English,
French, Spanish and Korean.
Using Setup
Display Off
System Update
Information
Press the [SETUP] key ೛ Press
|ȿSystem Update| ೛ Press |Update|೛
|OK|
• This product requires regular updates for
software corrections, new functions and map
updates. Updating may require up to 1 hour
depending on the data size.
• Turning off the power or ejecting the SD card
during the update process may result in data
loss. Make sure to keep the ignition on and
wait until updating is complete.
• Map and software updates can be
downloaded from the designated website
(http://www.hyundaiusa.com) and updated
through the SD card.
Press the [SETUP] key ೛ Press |ȿ Display
Off|
Press the |ČżDisplay Off| button to turn off
the display. Touch anywhere on the touch
screen to turn the display back on.
Caution
• This feature is used to listen to only sound
and can be very helpful in preventing glare
from the screen when driving at night.
• Even when the display is off, sound will be
played.
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
ળઝ
After inserting the SD card with the update
file, press OK to start the update.
Once updating is complete, the system
will automatically restart.
• Please use only the SD card that was included
with the vehicle purchase.
• The use of a separately purchased SD card
may result in damage due to heat related
deformation.
• Product malfunctions caused by the use of
separately purchased SD cards shall not be
covered within the product warranty.
• Repeatedly connecting/disconnecting the SD
card in a short period of time may cause damage
to the device.
Information
9
Appendix
• Product Specification
• Before thinking the product has
malfunctioned
• Before thinking there is a product defect
• Troubleshooting
• FAQ
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Appendix
Product Specification
Radio
FM: 87.5MHz ~ 108.0MHz(Step: 100kHz)
Channels
DOLBY
AM: 531kHz ~ 1602kHz(Step: 9kHz)
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby
and double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
Sensitivity
FM: Under 10dBu /AM: Under 40dBu
Distortion
Factor
Within 2%
Speakers
2~8Ț
Storage
temperature
-40Ȕ ~ +105Ȕ
DTS
Manufactured under license under U.S. Patent No.:
5,956,674; 5,974,380; 6,487,535 & other U.S. and worldwide
patents issued & pending. DTS, the Symbol, & DTS and the
Symbol together are registered trademarks & DTS Digital
Surround and the DTS logos are trademarks of DTS, Inc.
Product includes software.
Š DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Integrated Antenna
Operating
temperature
-30Ȕ ~ +85Ȕ
Dimensions
78.7mm(W) x 70.8mm(H) x 153.2mm(L)
Weight
210g
6(6.%&
Screen Size
Navigation Device - 17.78cm (152.4 x 91.44mm)
Resolution
Navigation Device - 384,000 pixels
(Resolution: 800 x 480)
Operating
Method
Viewing
Angle
Internal
Lighting
TFT(Thin Film Transistor) Active Matrix
Navigation Device - left/right: 70Âş, Top: 60Âş, Bottom 50Âş
LED 14EA, UP/DOWN Assignment
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Appendix
KCC Certification
Common
Name
Car TFT LCD Display Navigation Unit
Power
DC 14.4V
Supply
Current
2.5A
consumption
Operating
Temperatur -20Âş ~ 70Âş
Device Name
Low-power wireless communication device
(wireless device for radio data communication)
Operating
Power
DC 9V ~ DC 16V
Model Name
AV310DMDG
Dark Current
2mA (Head Unit
Only)
Certification No. :
KCC-CMM-HMO-AV310DMDG
Storage
Temperature
-30Ȕ ~ +80Ȕ
Certification
Number
Company
Name
Manufacturer/
Country
Dimensions
221.8mm(W) x 171mm(H) x 225mm(D)
Weight
2.7 Kg
Hyundai Mobis
Hyundai Mobis/Republic of Korea
Bluetooth
Frequency
Range
Supported
Profile
Output
No. of
Channels
Supported
2402 ~ 2480 MHz Bluetooth
Specification
2.1 + EDR
Handsfree(1.5), A2DP(1.0), AVRCP(1.3), PBAP(1.0)
0.05mW
Transmission
F1E, G1E
79 Channels
Caution
• The producer and installer cannot provide services related to life safety
as the concerned radio equipment is liable to radio interference.
ળઝ
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Appendix
DVD ߬ߪਊғ ࢇԃ૯
਍Җ
˲ɟ
਍Җ
˲ɟ
਍Җ
˲ɟ
਍Җ
˲ɟ
਍Җ
˲ɟ
਍Җ
˲ɟ
਍Җ
˲ɟ
਍Җ
˲ɟ
0101
Afar
0625
Frisian
1222
Latvian
1912
Slovenian
0315
Corsican
0923
Hebrew
1518
Oriya
2012
Tagalog
0101
Abkhazian
0701
Irish
1307
Malagasy
1913
Samoan
0319
Czech
1009
Yiddish
1601
Punjabi
2014
Tswana
0106
Afrikaans
0704
Scots
1309
Maori
1914
Shona
0325
Welsh
1001
ࢊ‫߭ق‬
1612
Polish
2015
Tongo
0113
Amharic
0712
Gallegan
1311
Macedonian
1915
Somal
0401
Danish
1022
Javanese
1619
Pushto
2018
Turkish
0118
Arabic
0714
Guarani
1312
Malayalam
1917
Albanian
0405
ѧࢊ߭
1101
Georgian
1620
Portuguese
2019
Tsonga
0119
Assamese
0721
Gujarati
1314
Mongolian
1918
Serbian
0426
Bhutani
1111
Kazakh
1721
Quechua
2020
Tatar
0125
Aymara
0801
Hausa
1315
Moldavian
1919
Swati
0512
Greek
1112
Greenlandic
1813
Romance
2023
Twi
0126
Azerbaijani
0809
Hindi
1318
Marathi
1920
Sesotho
0514
ࠒ߭
1113
Cambodian
1814
Kirundi
2111
Ukrainian
0201
Bashkir
0818
Croatian
1319
Malay
1921
Sundanese
0515
Esperanto
1114
Kannada
1815
Romanian
2118
Urdu
0205
Belarusian
0821
Hungarian
1320
Maltese
1922
Swedish
0519
‫ݛ‬૓ࢉ߭
1115
ଞ˲߭
1821
Russian
2126
Uzbek
0207
Bulgarian
0825
Armenian
1325
Burmese
1923
Swahili
0520
Estonian
1119
Kashmiri
1823
Kinyarwand
2209
Vietnamese
0208
Bihari
0901
Interlingua
1401
Nauru
2001
Tamil
0521
Basque
1121
Kurdish
1901
Sanskrit
2215
Volapuk
0209
Bislama
0905
Interlingue
1405
Nepali
2005
Telugu
0601
Persian
1125
Kirghiz
1904
Sindhi
2315
Wolo
0214
Bengali
0911
Inupiak
1412
Dutch
2007
Tajik
0609
Finnish
1201
Latin
1907
Sangho
2408
Xhosa
0215
Tibetan
0914
Indonesian
1415
Norwegian
2008
Thai
0610
Fijian
1214
Lingala
1908
Croatian
2515
Yoruba
0218
Breton
0919
Icelandic
1503
Occitan
2009
Tigrinya
0615
Faroese
1215
Laotian
1909
Sinhalese
2608
ࣸ˲߭
0301
Catalan
0920
Italian
1513
Oromo
2011
Turkmen
0618
଎Ԋ‫߭ݛ‬
1220
Lithuanian
1991
Slovak
2621
Zulu
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Before thinking there is a product defect
The current position as shown on the navigation may differ from
the actual position under the following conditions.
The following occurrences are not malfunctions
• When driving on Y-shaped roads
with narrow angles the current
position may be displayed in the
opposite direction.
• The current position may be
displayed on the opposite side of
the road.
• Within city streets, the current
position may be displayed on the
opposite side or on an off-road
position.
• When changing the zoom level
from maximum to a different level,
the current position may become
displayed on a different road.
• If the vehicle is loaded onto a ferry
or a car transport vehicle, the
current position may become
stalled on the last position prior to
loading.
• When driving on a spiral-shaped
road.
• When driving in mountain regions
with sharp turns or sudden brakes
• When entering a road after passing
an underground parking structure,
building parking structure, or roads
with many rotations.
• When driving in heavy traffic with
frequent go/stops.
• When driving under slippery
conditions, such as heavy sand,
snow, etc.
• When driving on spiral-shaped
roads
• When the tires have recently been
replaced. (Especially upon use of
spare or studless tires)
• When using tires of improper size.
• When the tire pressure for the 4
tires are different.
• When the replacement tire is worn
or used. (Especially studless tires
having passed a 2nd seasons)
• When driving near high-rise
buildings.
• When a roof carrier has been
installed.
• When a long distance route is
calculated while driving on an
expressway. In such cases,
continued driving will automatically
enable the system to conduct map
matching or use updated GPS
information to provide the current
position. (In such cases, up to
several minutes may be required.)
Correct route guidance may not occur due to search conditions
or driving position.
The following occurrences are not malfunctions
• Guidance to go straight may be
given while driving on a straight
road.
• Guidance may not be given even
when having turned at an
intersection.
• There are certain intersections in
which guidance may not occur.
• A route guidance signaling for a uturn may occur in some No u-turn
intersections.
• Route guidance signaling entrance
into a No-entry zone may occur.
(No enter zone, road under
construction, etc.)
• Guidance may be given to a
position that is not the actual
destination if roads to reach the
actual destination do not exist or
are too narrow.
• Faulty voice guidance may be given
if the vehicle breaks away from the
designated route. (ex: if a turn is
made at an intersection while the
navigation provided guidance to go
straight)
The following may occur after conducting route calculation
The following occurrences are not malfunctions
• Guidance may be given to a
position differing from the current
position when turning at an
intersection.
• When driving in high speeds, route
recalculation may take a longer
period of time.
• Route guidance signaling for a uturn may occur in some No u-turn
intersections.
• Route guidance signaling entrance
into a no enter zone many occur.
(No enter zone, road under
construction, etc.)
• Guidance may be given to a
position removed from the actual
destination if roads to reach the
actual destination do not exist or
are too narrow.
• Faulty voice guidance may be given
if the vehicle breaks away from the
designated route. (ex: if a turn is
made at an intersection while the
navigation provided guidance to go
straight)
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Appendix
Before thinking the product has malfunctioned
1. Errors which occur during the operation or installation of the device
may be mistaken as a malfunction of the actual device.
2. If you are having problems with the device, try the suggestions listed
below.
3. If the problems persist, contact your HYUNDAI dealer.
Problem
There are small red,
blue, or green dots on
the screen
The sound or image is
not working
The video is being
displayed but sound is
not working
When the power is
turned on, the corners
of
the screen are dark
Sound is working from
only one speaker
Sound and video does
not work in AUX mode
The external device is
not working
Problem
Function
Within modes that play files by reading
external sources, such as discs, USB, iPod,
or BluetoothÂŽ streaming mode, the most
recently played mode screen prior to turning
Upon turning power on, off power may not properly load.
the most recent mode • If there is no disc or the corresponding
screen is not displayed device is not connected, the mode operated
prior to the most recent mode will operate.
• If the previous mode still cannot be properly
played, the mode operated prior to that will
operate.
Function
• Because the LCD is manufactured with
technology requiring high point density, a
pixel deficiency or lighting may occur within
0.01% of total pixels.
• Has the Switch for the vehicle been turned
to [ACC] or [ON]?
• Has the SYSTEM been turned OFF?
• Has the volume been set to a low level?
• Has the volume been set on mute?
• The display looking somewhat darker after
prolonged periods of use is a normal
phenomenon with LCD panels. It is not a
malfunction.
• If the screen is very dark, contact your
nearest HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
• Is the position of FAL/BAL sound controls or
volume adjusted to only one side?
• re the audio and video connector jacks fully
inserted into the AUX terminal?
• Is the external device connected with a
standard connector cable?
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Troubleshooting
Problem
The power
does not turn
on
The system
does not
Play
Possible Cause
Countermeasure
Problem
Possible Cause
Countermeasure
The fuse is disconnected
• Replace with a suitable fuse.
• If the fuse is disconnected
again, please contact your
point of purchase or service
center
The image
color/tone
quality is low
The brightness, saturation, • Properly adjust the brightness,
hue, and contrast levels
saturation, hue, and contrast
are not set properly
levels through Display Setup
Device is not properly
connected
• Check to see that the device
has been properly connected
ࠒۘࢇ
૲‫ݤ‬Ѹए ߉ࡸ
• ָѦ ࣏ࢸࡶ ɼࢠ ߭҄ʯ
ۜࢽ
• ࠉʼࢇ ࠠ‫؂‬ծए ߉ࡸ
• ָѦձ ؉ʯ ࣏ࢸଢТЬ.
• ࠉʼۘ੓ձ ࢺʦଢТЬ.
The disc has not been
inserted or has been
inserted upside down
• Insert the disc properly so that
the sides are facing the
correct Direction
• Adjust the volume level
The disc has been
Contaminated
• Wipe away dirt and other
foreign substances from the
disc
• The volume level is set
the lowest level.
• The connection is not
proper
The vehicle battery is
Low
• Charge the battery. If the
problem persists, contact your
point of purchase or service
center
A disc not supported by
the device has been
Inserted
• Insert a disc which is
supported by the device
The sound or
video quality is
low
• The device is currently
fast-forwarding,
rewinding, scanning, or
playing in slow mode
• Check to see that the device
has been properly connected
• The sound will not work when
the device is fast-forwarding,
rewinding, scanning, or
playing in slow mode
• The disc is dirty or
scratched
• Vibration is occurring
from where the
conversion switch has
been installed
• Image color/tone quality
is low
• Wipe off water or dirt from the
DISC. Do not use a disc which
has been scratched
• The sound may be shortcircuited and the image
distorted if the device vibrates.
• The device will return to
normal once vibrations stop
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
ળઝ
̛̛ɼ ࢢۢଟ ܹ ߷Е ए • ̛̛ࢂ एࠇ‫୎ء‬Е “3”࢏ТЬ.
ࠇ‫୎ء‬ձ ɼऑ DVDձ ‫“ • ࢏ە‬3” ӖЕ “ALL”ࢂ एࠇ ‫୎ء‬ձ
ଜࠑࡸ
ʉЕ DVDձ ‫ࡈی‬ଜ‫ࠝݤݫ‬.
Sound does
not work
Appendix
Problem
Possible Cause
Countermeasure
Problem
• USB memory is damaged.
• ࢢۢࣸࢉ DVD߾ ࢕ւ
• ࢕ւࡶ ࢢۢଟ ܹ ߷‫ݡ‬ТЬ.
ࢇ ૦ଡѸ߭ ࢑ए ߉ࡸ
࢕ւࢇ
• ࢢۢଜԮЕ ࢕ւ ߯߭Ի ߯
૲‫ݤ‬Ѹए ߉ࡸ • ࢕ւ ߯߭ɼ “OFF”Ի
߭ձ ۶ࢽ ଜ‫ࠝݤݫ‬.
۶ࢽѸ߭ ࢑ࡸ
• ࢢۢࣸࢉ DVDɼ ࢕ւ
̛̛ܾ ̛Мࡶ ̖एଜ • ࢕ւࡶ ܾ̟ ܹ ߷‫ݡ‬ТЬ.
ˈ ࢑ࡸ
• ࢢۢࣸࢉ DVD߾ ଜ Ο
• DISC߾ Ьࣸ ߯߭Ի ࢵࢠѸ
ࡸ‫ ߭߯ ۽‬Ӗ
ࢂ ߯߭փ ૦ଡଜˈ ࢑
ए ߉ࡵ ˁࡉ߾Е ߯߭ձ ࢷ
Е
ॸ
୚ଟ ܹ ߷‫ݡ‬ТЬ.
࢕ւ߯߭ɼ
• ࢢۢࣸࢉ DVDɼ ߯߭
• ߯߭ձ ࢷ୚ଟ ܹ ߷‫ݡ‬ТЬ.
ࢷ୚Ѹए ߉ࡸ
ࢷ୚ࡶ ̖एଜˈ ࢑ࡸ
۴੔ଞ
• ࢢۢࣸࢉ DVD߾ ࢵࢠ
• DISC߾ ࢵࢠѸए ߉ࡵ ߯߭
ࡸ‫ ߭߯۽‬ӖЕ
Ѹए ߉ࡵ ߯߭ձ ۴੔
Ի ࢷ୚ଟ ܹ ߷‫ݡ‬ТЬ.
࢕ւ߯߭ձ ‫ی‬
ଜࠑࡸ
ࡈ ଟ ܹ߷ࡸ
ট̛ ۶ࢽ
• ࢢۢࣸࢉ DVD߾ ࢵࢠ
Я˃ߞ۰
• DISC߾ ࢵࢠѸए ߉ࡵ ࠒۘ
Ѹए ߉ࡵ ࠒۘ‫ٸ‬ձ ۴
۴੔ଞ ࠒۘ‫ٸ‬
‫ٸ‬Ի ࢷ୚ଟ ܹ ߷‫ݡ‬ТЬ.
੔ଜࠑࡸ
ձ ‫ࡈی‬ଟܹ
ߡॸ
࢕ւࢇ
‫ی‬Ԃएए ߉ࡸ
Possible Cause
• USB memory has been
contaminated.
• A separately purchased
USB HUB is being used.
The USB
does not
work
• A USB extension cable is
being used.
• A USB which is not a Metal
Cover Type USB Memory is
being used
Countermeasure
• Please use after formatting the
USB into FAT 12/16/32 format.
• Remove any foreign substances
on the contact surface of the USB
memory and multimedia terminal.
• Directly connect the USB memory
with the multimedia terminal on
the vehicle.
• Directly connect the USB memory
with the multimedia terminal on
the vehicle.
• Use standard USB Memory.
• Use standard USB Memory.
The iPod is
not
recognized
even though it
has been
connected
• An HDD type, CF, SD
Memory is being used.
• There are no music files
which can be played.
• There are no titles which
can be played.
• The iPod firmware version
has not been properly
updated.
• The iPod device does not
recognize downloads.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
• Only MP3,WMA file formats are
supported. Please use only the
supported music file formats
• Use iTunes to download and save
MP3 files into the iPod.
• Use iTunes to update the firmware
version and reconnect the iPod
with the device.
• Reset the iPod and reconnect with
the device.
Appendix
Information
• While operating the device, if an abnormality occurs that cannot be
corrected with the above described measures, press the [RESET] key
to reset the system.
• press and hold the [RESET] key (over 0.8 seconds). The device
power will turn off and the system will reset.
Q What is a Passkey?
A A passkey is the password used to authenticate the connection
between the head unit and mobile phone. The passkey only needs to
be entered once when pairing the mobile phone for the first time.
The initial passkey is 0000. The passkey can be changed by
pressing [SETUP] ೛ |ȿBluetooth| ೛ |ȿAdvanced Settings| ೛
|ČżChange Passkey| menu.
FAQ
About pairing mobile phones
Q I cannot pair my mobile phone. What is the cause?
A Check to see that the mobile phone supports BluetoothÂŽ function. If
your phone is a BluetoothÂŽ phone, then check to see whether the
Bluetooth setting within your phone been is set to ‘Hidden’. If the
device is set to hidden, please un-hide the device (set to unhidden
state).
Q What is the difference between pairing a mobile phone and
connecting a mobile phone?
A Pairing occurs through authenticating the head unit and mobile
phone. Mobile phones paired to the head unit can be connected and
disconnected until the paired mobile phone is deleted from the
system. BluetoothÂŽ Handsfree features, such as making/answering
calls or managing Contacts, are supported only in mobile phones
connected with the head unit.
About making/answering phone calls
Q How can I answer a call?
A When there is an incoming call, a notification pop-up will become
displayed. To answer the incoming call, press the |Accept| button on
the screen or the [೨] key on the steering remote controller.
To reject the call, press the |Reject| button on the screen or press
and hold the [೨] key on the steering remote controller.
Q What should I do if I am talking on the Handsfree but want to switch
the call to the mobile phone?
A While one a call, press and hold (over 0.8 seconds) the [೨] key on
the steering remote controller or press the |ČżPrivate| button at the
bottom of the Phone screen to switch the call to your mobile phone.
ળઝ
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Appendix
About BluetoothÂŽ / Head unit use environment
Q What is the distance in which wireless connection can be
used?
A The wireless connection can be used within 15 yards.
Q How many mobile phones can be paired?
A It is possible to pair up to five mobile phones.
Q What does call quality sometimes worsen?
A Check the reception sensitivity of the mobile phone when call quality
becomes worsened. The call quality may deteriorate when the signal
strength is low. Call quality may also worsen if metal objects, such as drink
cans, are placed near the mobile phone. Check to see if there are metal
objects in the vicinity of the mobile phone. The call sound and quality may
differ depending on the type of mobile phone.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
9
Appendix
• Product Specification
• Before thinking the product has
malfunctioned
• Before thinking there is a product defect
• Troubleshooting
• FAQ
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Appendix
Product Specification
Radio
FM: 87.5MHz ~ 108.0MHz(Step: 100kHz)
Channels
DOLBY
AM: 531kHz ~ 1602kHz(Step: 9kHz)
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby
and double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
Sensitivity
FM: Under 10dBu /AM: Under 40dBu
Distortion
Factor
Within 2%
Speakers
2~8Ț
Storage
temperature
-40Ȕ ~ +105Ȕ
DTS
Manufactured under license under U.S. Patent No.:
5,956,674; 5,974,380; 6,487,535 & other U.S. and worldwide
patents issued & pending. DTS, the Symbol, & DTS and the
Symbol together are registered trademarks & DTS Digital
Surround and the DTS logos are trademarks of DTS, Inc.
Product includes software.
Š DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Integrated Antenna
Operating
temperature
-30Ȕ ~ +85Ȕ
Dimensions
78.7mm(W) x 70.8mm(H) x 153.2mm(L)
Weight
210g
6(6.%&
Screen Size
Navigation Device - 17.78cm (152.4 x 91.44mm)
Resolution
Navigation Device - 384,000 pixels
(Resolution: 800 x 480)
Operating
Method
Viewing
Angle
Internal
Lighting
TFT(Thin Film Transistor) Active Matrix
Navigation Device - left/right: 70Âş, Top: 60Âş, Bottom 50Âş
LED 14EA, UP/DOWN Assignment
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Appendix
KCC Certification
Common
Name
Car TFT LCD Display Navigation Unit
Power
DC 14.4V
Supply
Current
2.5A
consumption
Operating
Temperatur -20Âş ~ 70Âş
Device Name
Low-power wireless communication device
(wireless device for radio data communication)
Operating
Power
DC 9V ~ DC 16V
Model Name
AV310DMDG
Dark Current
2mA (Head Unit
Only)
Certification No. :
KCC-CMM-HMO-AV310DMDG
Storage
Temperature
-30Ȕ ~ +80Ȕ
Certification
Number
Company
Name
Manufacturer/
Country
Dimensions
221.8mm(W) x 171mm(H) x 225mm(D)
Weight
2.7 Kg
Hyundai Mobis
Hyundai Mobis/Republic of Korea
Bluetooth
Frequency
Range
Supported
Profile
Output
No. of
Channels
Supported
2402 ~ 2480 MHz Bluetooth
Specification
2.1 + EDR
Handsfree(1.5), A2DP(1.0), AVRCP(1.3), PBAP(1.0)
0.05mW
Transmission
F1E, G1E
79 Channels
Caution
• The producer and installer cannot provide services related to life safety
as the concerned radio equipment is liable to radio interference.
ળઝ
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Appendix
DVD ߬ߪਊғ ࢇԃ૯
਍Җ
˲ɟ
਍Җ
˲ɟ
਍Җ
˲ɟ
਍Җ
˲ɟ
਍Җ
˲ɟ
਍Җ
˲ɟ
਍Җ
˲ɟ
਍Җ
˲ɟ
0101
Afar
0625
Frisian
1222
Latvian
1912
Slovenian
0315
Corsican
0923
Hebrew
1518
Oriya
2012
Tagalog
0101
Abkhazian
0701
Irish
1307
Malagasy
1913
Samoan
0319
Czech
1009
Yiddish
1601
Punjabi
2014
Tswana
0106
Afrikaans
0704
Scots
1309
Maori
1914
Shona
0325
Welsh
1001
ࢊ‫߭ق‬
1612
Polish
2015
Tongo
0113
Amharic
0712
Gallegan
1311
Macedonian
1915
Somal
0401
Danish
1022
Javanese
1619
Pushto
2018
Turkish
0118
Arabic
0714
Guarani
1312
Malayalam
1917
Albanian
0405
ѧࢊ߭
1101
Georgian
1620
Portuguese
2019
Tsonga
0119
Assamese
0721
Gujarati
1314
Mongolian
1918
Serbian
0426
Bhutani
1111
Kazakh
1721
Quechua
2020
Tatar
0125
Aymara
0801
Hausa
1315
Moldavian
1919
Swati
0512
Greek
1112
Greenlandic
1813
Romance
2023
Twi
0126
Azerbaijani
0809
Hindi
1318
Marathi
1920
Sesotho
0514
ࠒ߭
1113
Cambodian
1814
Kirundi
2111
Ukrainian
0201
Bashkir
0818
Croatian
1319
Malay
1921
Sundanese
0515
Esperanto
1114
Kannada
1815
Romanian
2118
Urdu
0205
Belarusian
0821
Hungarian
1320
Maltese
1922
Swedish
0519
‫ݛ‬૓ࢉ߭
1115
ଞ˲߭
1821
Russian
2126
Uzbek
0207
Bulgarian
0825
Armenian
1325
Burmese
1923
Swahili
0520
Estonian
1119
Kashmiri
1823
Kinyarwand
2209
Vietnamese
0208
Bihari
0901
Interlingua
1401
Nauru
2001
Tamil
0521
Basque
1121
Kurdish
1901
Sanskrit
2215
Volapuk
0209
Bislama
0905
Interlingue
1405
Nepali
2005
Telugu
0601
Persian
1125
Kirghiz
1904
Sindhi
2315
Wolo
0214
Bengali
0911
Inupiak
1412
Dutch
2007
Tajik
0609
Finnish
1201
Latin
1907
Sangho
2408
Xhosa
0215
Tibetan
0914
Indonesian
1415
Norwegian
2008
Thai
0610
Fijian
1214
Lingala
1908
Croatian
2515
Yoruba
0218
Breton
0919
Icelandic
1503
Occitan
2009
Tigrinya
0615
Faroese
1215
Laotian
1909
Sinhalese
2608
ࣸ˲߭
0301
Catalan
0920
Italian
1513
Oromo
2011
Turkmen
0618
଎Ԋ‫߭ݛ‬
1220
Lithuanian
1991
Slovak
2621
Zulu
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Before thinking there is a product defect
The current position as shown on the navigation may differ from
the actual position under the following conditions.
The following occurrences are not malfunctions
• When driving on Y-shaped roads
with narrow angles the current
position may be displayed in the
opposite direction.
• The current position may be
displayed on the opposite side of
the road.
• Within city streets, the current
position may be displayed on the
opposite side or on an off-road
position.
• When changing the zoom level
from maximum to a different level,
the current position may become
displayed on a different road.
• If the vehicle is loaded onto a ferry
or a car transport vehicle, the
current position may become
stalled on the last position prior to
loading.
• When driving on a spiral-shaped
road.
• When driving in mountain regions
with sharp turns or sudden brakes
• When entering a road after passing
an underground parking structure,
building parking structure, or roads
with many rotations.
• When driving in heavy traffic with
frequent go/stops.
• When driving under slippery
conditions, such as heavy sand,
snow, etc.
• When driving on spiral-shaped
roads
• When the tires have recently been
replaced. (Especially upon use of
spare or studless tires)
• When using tires of improper size.
• When the tire pressure for the 4
tires are different.
• When the replacement tire is worn
or used. (Especially studless tires
having passed a 2nd seasons)
• When driving near high-rise
buildings.
• When a roof carrier has been
installed.
• When a long distance route is
calculated while driving on an
expressway. In such cases,
continued driving will automatically
enable the system to conduct map
matching or use updated GPS
information to provide the current
position. (In such cases, up to
several minutes may be required.)
Correct route guidance may not occur due to search conditions
or driving position.
The following occurrences are not malfunctions
• Guidance to go straight may be
given while driving on a straight
road.
• Guidance may not be given even
when having turned at an
intersection.
• There are certain intersections in
which guidance may not occur.
• A route guidance signaling for a uturn may occur in some No u-turn
intersections.
• Route guidance signaling entrance
into a No-entry zone may occur.
(No enter zone, road under
construction, etc.)
• Guidance may be given to a
position that is not the actual
destination if roads to reach the
actual destination do not exist or
are too narrow.
• Faulty voice guidance may be given
if the vehicle breaks away from the
designated route. (ex: if a turn is
made at an intersection while the
navigation provided guidance to go
straight)
The following may occur after conducting route calculation
The following occurrences are not malfunctions
• Guidance may be given to a
position differing from the current
position when turning at an
intersection.
• When driving in high speeds, route
recalculation may take a longer
period of time.
• Route guidance signaling for a uturn may occur in some No u-turn
intersections.
• Route guidance signaling entrance
into a no enter zone many occur.
(No enter zone, road under
construction, etc.)
• Guidance may be given to a
position removed from the actual
destination if roads to reach the
actual destination do not exist or
are too narrow.
• Faulty voice guidance may be given
if the vehicle breaks away from the
designated route. (ex: if a turn is
made at an intersection while the
navigation provided guidance to go
straight)
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Appendix
Before thinking the product has malfunctioned
1. Errors which occur during the operation or installation of the device
may be mistaken as a malfunction of the actual device.
2. If you are having problems with the device, try the suggestions listed
below.
3. If the problems persist, contact your HYUNDAI dealer.
Problem
There are small red,
blue, or green dots on
the screen
The sound or image is
not working
The video is being
displayed but sound is
not working
When the power is
turned on, the corners
of
the screen are dark
Sound is working from
only one speaker
Sound and video does
not work in AUX mode
The external device is
not working
Problem
Function
Within modes that play files by reading
external sources, such as discs, USB, iPod,
or BluetoothÂŽ streaming mode, the most
recently played mode screen prior to turning
Upon turning power on, off power may not properly load.
the most recent mode • If there is no disc or the corresponding
screen is not displayed device is not connected, the mode operated
prior to the most recent mode will operate.
• If the previous mode still cannot be properly
played, the mode operated prior to that will
operate.
Function
• Because the LCD is manufactured with
technology requiring high point density, a
pixel deficiency or lighting may occur within
0.01% of total pixels.
• Has the Switch for the vehicle been turned
to [ACC] or [ON]?
• Has the SYSTEM been turned OFF?
• Has the volume been set to a low level?
• Has the volume been set on mute?
• The display looking somewhat darker after
prolonged periods of use is a normal
phenomenon with LCD panels. It is not a
malfunction.
• If the screen is very dark, contact your
nearest HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
• Is the position of FAL/BAL sound controls or
volume adjusted to only one side?
• re the audio and video connector jacks fully
inserted into the AUX terminal?
• Is the external device connected with a
standard connector cable?
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Troubleshooting
Problem
The power
does not turn
on
The system
does not
Play
Possible Cause
Countermeasure
Problem
Possible Cause
Countermeasure
The fuse is disconnected
• Replace with a suitable fuse.
• If the fuse is disconnected
again, please contact your
point of purchase or service
center
The image
color/tone
quality is low
The brightness, saturation, • Properly adjust the brightness,
hue, and contrast levels
saturation, hue, and contrast
are not set properly
levels through Display Setup
Device is not properly
connected
• Check to see that the device
has been properly connected
ࠒۘࢇ
૲‫ݤ‬Ѹए ߉ࡸ
• ָѦ ࣏ࢸࡶ ɼࢠ ߭҄ʯ
ۜࢽ
• ࠉʼࢇ ࠠ‫؂‬ծए ߉ࡸ
• ָѦձ ؉ʯ ࣏ࢸଢТЬ.
• ࠉʼۘ੓ձ ࢺʦଢТЬ.
The disc has not been
inserted or has been
inserted upside down
• Insert the disc properly so that
the sides are facing the
correct Direction
• Adjust the volume level
The disc has been
Contaminated
• Wipe away dirt and other
foreign substances from the
disc
• The volume level is set
the lowest level.
• The connection is not
proper
The vehicle battery is
Low
• Charge the battery. If the
problem persists, contact your
point of purchase or service
center
A disc not supported by
the device has been
Inserted
• Insert a disc which is
supported by the device
The sound or
video quality is
low
• The device is currently
fast-forwarding,
rewinding, scanning, or
playing in slow mode
• Check to see that the device
has been properly connected
• The sound will not work when
the device is fast-forwarding,
rewinding, scanning, or
playing in slow mode
• The disc is dirty or
scratched
• Vibration is occurring
from where the
conversion switch has
been installed
• Image color/tone quality
is low
• Wipe off water or dirt from the
DISC. Do not use a disc which
has been scratched
• The sound may be shortcircuited and the image
distorted if the device vibrates.
• The device will return to
normal once vibrations stop
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
ળઝ
̛̛ɼ ࢢۢଟ ܹ ߷Е ए • ̛̛ࢂ एࠇ‫୎ء‬Е “3”࢏ТЬ.
ࠇ‫୎ء‬ձ ɼऑ DVDձ ‫“ • ࢏ە‬3” ӖЕ “ALL”ࢂ एࠇ ‫୎ء‬ձ
ଜࠑࡸ
ʉЕ DVDձ ‫ࡈی‬ଜ‫ࠝݤݫ‬.
Sound does
not work
Appendix
Problem
Possible Cause
Countermeasure
Problem
• USB memory is damaged.
• ࢢۢࣸࢉ DVD߾ ࢕ւ
• ࢕ւࡶ ࢢۢଟ ܹ ߷‫ݡ‬ТЬ.
ࢇ ૦ଡѸ߭ ࢑ए ߉ࡸ
࢕ւࢇ
• ࢢۢଜԮЕ ࢕ւ ߯߭Ի ߯
૲‫ݤ‬Ѹए ߉ࡸ • ࢕ւ ߯߭ɼ “OFF”Ի
߭ձ ۶ࢽ ଜ‫ࠝݤݫ‬.
۶ࢽѸ߭ ࢑ࡸ
• ࢢۢࣸࢉ DVDɼ ࢕ւ
̛̛ܾ ̛Мࡶ ̖एଜ • ࢕ւࡶ ܾ̟ ܹ ߷‫ݡ‬ТЬ.
ˈ ࢑ࡸ
• ࢢۢࣸࢉ DVD߾ ଜ Ο
• DISC߾ Ьࣸ ߯߭Ի ࢵࢠѸ
ࡸ‫ ߭߯ ۽‬Ӗ
ࢂ ߯߭փ ૦ଡଜˈ ࢑
ए ߉ࡵ ˁࡉ߾Е ߯߭ձ ࢷ
Е
ॸ
୚ଟ ܹ ߷‫ݡ‬ТЬ.
࢕ւ߯߭ɼ
• ࢢۢࣸࢉ DVDɼ ߯߭
• ߯߭ձ ࢷ୚ଟ ܹ ߷‫ݡ‬ТЬ.
ࢷ୚Ѹए ߉ࡸ
ࢷ୚ࡶ ̖एଜˈ ࢑ࡸ
۴੔ଞ
• ࢢۢࣸࢉ DVD߾ ࢵࢠ
• DISC߾ ࢵࢠѸए ߉ࡵ ߯߭
ࡸ‫ ߭߯۽‬ӖЕ
Ѹए ߉ࡵ ߯߭ձ ۴੔
Ի ࢷ୚ଟ ܹ ߷‫ݡ‬ТЬ.
࢕ւ߯߭ձ ‫ی‬
ଜࠑࡸ
ࡈ ଟ ܹ߷ࡸ
ট̛ ۶ࢽ
• ࢢۢࣸࢉ DVD߾ ࢵࢠ
Я˃ߞ۰
• DISC߾ ࢵࢠѸए ߉ࡵ ࠒۘ
Ѹए ߉ࡵ ࠒۘ‫ٸ‬ձ ۴
۴੔ଞ ࠒۘ‫ٸ‬
‫ٸ‬Ի ࢷ୚ଟ ܹ ߷‫ݡ‬ТЬ.
੔ଜࠑࡸ
ձ ‫ࡈی‬ଟܹ
ߡॸ
࢕ւࢇ
‫ی‬Ԃएए ߉ࡸ
Possible Cause
• USB memory has been
contaminated.
• A separately purchased
USB HUB is being used.
The USB
does not
work
• A USB extension cable is
being used.
• A USB which is not a Metal
Cover Type USB Memory is
being used
Countermeasure
• Please use after formatting the
USB into FAT 12/16/32 format.
• Remove any foreign substances
on the contact surface of the USB
memory and multimedia terminal.
• Directly connect the USB memory
with the multimedia terminal on
the vehicle.
• Directly connect the USB memory
with the multimedia terminal on
the vehicle.
• Use standard USB Memory.
• Use standard USB Memory.
The iPod is
not
recognized
even though it
has been
connected
• An HDD type, CF, SD
Memory is being used.
• There are no music files
which can be played.
• There are no titles which
can be played.
• The iPod firmware version
has not been properly
updated.
• The iPod device does not
recognize downloads.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
• Only MP3,WMA file formats are
supported. Please use only the
supported music file formats
• Use iTunes to download and save
MP3 files into the iPod.
• Use iTunes to update the firmware
version and reconnect the iPod
with the device.
• Reset the iPod and reconnect with
the device.
Appendix
Information
• While operating the device, if an abnormality occurs that cannot be
corrected with the above described measures, press the [RESET] key
to reset the system.
• press and hold the [RESET] key (over 0.8 seconds). The device
power will turn off and the system will reset.
Q What is a Passkey?
A A passkey is the password used to authenticate the connection
between the head unit and mobile phone. The passkey only needs to
be entered once when pairing the mobile phone for the first time.
The initial passkey is 0000. The passkey can be changed by
pressing [SETUP] ೛ |ȿBluetooth| ೛ |ȿAdvanced Settings| ೛
|ČżChange Passkey| menu.
FAQ
About pairing mobile phones
Q I cannot pair my mobile phone. What is the cause?
A Check to see that the mobile phone supports BluetoothÂŽ function. If
your phone is a BluetoothÂŽ phone, then check to see whether the
Bluetooth setting within your phone been is set to ‘Hidden’. If the
device is set to hidden, please un-hide the device (set to unhidden
state).
Q What is the difference between pairing a mobile phone and
connecting a mobile phone?
A Pairing occurs through authenticating the head unit and mobile
phone. Mobile phones paired to the head unit can be connected and
disconnected until the paired mobile phone is deleted from the
system. BluetoothÂŽ Handsfree features, such as making/answering
calls or managing Contacts, are supported only in mobile phones
connected with the head unit.
About making/answering phone calls
Q How can I answer a call?
A When there is an incoming call, a notification pop-up will become
displayed. To answer the incoming call, press the |Accept| button on
the screen or the [೨] key on the steering remote controller.
To reject the call, press the |Reject| button on the screen or press
and hold the [೨] key on the steering remote controller.
Q What should I do if I am talking on the Handsfree but want to switch
the call to the mobile phone?
A While one a call, press and hold (over 0.8 seconds) the [೨] key on
the steering remote controller or press the |ČżPrivate| button at the
bottom of the Phone screen to switch the call to your mobile phone.
ળઝ
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
Appendix
About BluetoothÂŽ / Head unit use environment
Q What is the distance in which wireless connection can be
used?
A The wireless connection can be used within 15 yards.
Q How many mobile phones can be paired?
A It is possible to pair up to five mobile phones.
Q What does call quality sometimes worsen?
A Check the reception sensitivity of the mobile phone when call quality
becomes worsened. The call quality may deteriorate when the signal
strength is low. Call quality may also worsen if metal objects, such as drink
cans, are placed near the mobile phone. Check to see if there are metal
objects in the vicinity of the mobile phone. The call sound and quality may
differ depending on the type of mobile phone.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
␴㞬⽸ⱬ㉐(Confidential) / 䜸␴⯜⽸㏘ ⭴䐤㉘᷸1䐴 / Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘.
8
Setup
• Setup
• Using Setup
Setup
Basic Mode Screen
15
10
11
12
13
14
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
Name
Description
1 Sound
Sets sound related settings
2 Display
Sets display related settings
3 HD Radio
Sets HD Radio related settings
4 BluetoothÂŽ
Sets BluetoothÂŽ related settings
5 Navigation
Sets various settings found within Navigation
mode
6 Edit My Places
Set/Edit My Places within Navigation Mode
7 Traffic
Sets Traffic Information related settings
Voice
8 Recognition
Sets voice recognition related settings
9 Clock
Sets current time and clock display
10 Picture Frame
Sets screen displayed when device is turned
off
11 Keyboard
Sets the keyboard type
12 Language
Sets language for use within the device
13 System
Update
Checks system software version and receive
updates
14 Display Off
Turn device display on/off
(The device power will not be turned off)
15 Close
Close Setup menu screen
Starting Mode
Sound
Press the [SETUP] key ೛ Press |ȿSound|
Setting Balance/Fader
Press the |ȿSound| button ೛ Press
|Fader/Balance| ೛ Set and press |Done|
Information
The Balance/Fader settings allows you to set
the sound position. For example, you can set
the sound close to the driver-seat so that the
volume is relatively lower in the passenger or
rear seats.
Setting Bass/Mid/Treble
Press the |ȿSound| button ೛ Press
|Bass/Mid/Treble| ೛ Set and press |Done|
Use the |ೞ| or |೛| buttons to adjust the
Bass/Mid/Treble settings.
Press |Default| to restore sound to the
center position.
Information
• Press the |Default| button to restore the
Bass/Mid/Treble to the center position.
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
ળઝ
Press the [SETUP] key to can check and
change the settings for all features found
within the Navigation system.
Use the |ɀ|, |Ɂ|, |ೞ|, |೛| buttons to move
the cursor on the control screen to the
desired position.
Using Setup
Setting Volume Ratio
Press the |ȿSound| button ೛ Press
|Volume Ratio| ೛ Set and press |Done|
Information
• The rear seat speaker will maintain its audio
volume regardless of which volume ratio is
selected.
Press the |ȿSound| button ೛ Press
|Advanced|೛ Turn the feature |On| ೛
Set and press |Done|
These options are used to set the volume
ratio by selecting from Navigation Priority/
Audio Priority/Same Ratio.
Name
Navigation
Priority
Audio
Priority
3 Same
Ratio
Press the |ȿSound| button ೛ Press
|̰Beep| ೛ Set and press |Done|
Speed Dependent Volume Control
Setting Beep
Each press of this button turns the BEEP
tone on/off.
Description
Navigation guidance is
output louder than audio
Volume
Audio volume is output
louder than the navigation
guidance.
Audio volume and
navigation guidance are
output in identical volume
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Information
The volume level is controlled automatically
according to the vehicle speed.
• When the light on the left side of the button is
turned on, this indicates that the BEEP tone is
active. Press the |ČżBeep| button again to turn
off the BEEP tone.
Display
Press the [SETUP] key ೛ Press
|ČżDisplay|
Setting Illumination
Press the |ȿDisplay| button ೛ Press
|Illumination|
HD Radio
Press the [SETUP] key ೛ Press
|ČżHD Radio|
Adjusting Screen
Press the |ȿDisplay| button ೛ Press |Adjust
Screen| ೛ Set and press |Done|
Name
Description
1 Automatic
Adjusts the brightness
automatically according to
surrounding brightness
2 Daylight
Night
Name
Description
1 FM-HD
Radio
Used to set FM-HD Radio
On/Off
2 AM-HD
Radio
Used to set AM-HD Radio
On/Off
Information
When set to Automatic, the screen brightness
and color will automatically be adjusted
according to the surrounding brightness.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
ળઝ
Use the|ೞ| or |೛| buttons to adjust the
display brightness and color.
Always maintains the
brightness on high
Always maintains the
brightness on low
These settings are used to set whether to
turn HD Radio On/Off.
Using Setup
BluetoothÂŽ
Auto Connection Settings
Press the [SETUP] key ೛ Press
|Ě°Bluetooth|
Press |̰Bluetooth| button ೛ Press |Auto
Connections Settings| ೛ Set and press
|Done|
Information
• If you press the |Setting| button next to the
|User Selected Phone| and |Connect by
Priority| options, you can designate the phone
you want to connect or set the phone priority.
These menus allow you to set BluetoothÂŽ
related features.
Name
Auto
Settings
Contacts
2 Sync Setting
Contacts
3 Download
Setting
Streaming
4 Audio Setting
Advanced
Settings
Press |̰Bluetooth| ೛ Press|ȿContacts
Sync Setting| ೛ Set and press |Done|
1 Connection
Contacts Sync Setting
Description
Sets BluetoothÂŽ device auto
connection when car ignition
is turned on between the vehicle
and BluetoothÂŽ devices
Automatically downloads the
mobile phone contacts and
call histories to the car upon
connecting BluetoothÂŽ
Sets which Contacts to
download from between
Mobile or SIM contacts
Sets whether to use the
streaming audio feature
Sets Bluetooth related settings,
including Change Passkey,
Change Device Information,
Delete Favorites, Delete Call
History and Restore Factory
Settings
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
If auto connection is turned on, a BluetoothÂŽ
device will automatically be connected
according to the option setting when the car
ignition is turned on.
Name
Disable Auto
Connection
Previously
2 Connected
Phone
User Selected
Description
Disables auto connection
Automatically connects
the previously connected
BluetoothÂŽ device
3 Phone
Automatically connects to
the set BluetoothÂŽ device
Connect by
4 Priority
Automatically connects
according
to the set BluetoothÂŽ
phone priority
This feature automatically downloads the
mobile phone contacts and call histories
to the car upon BluetoothÂŽ connection.
If you do not wish to use Contacts Sync,
turn the feature off.
Information
• This feature may not be supported in some
BluetoothÂŽ devices.
Using Setup
Contacts Download Setting
Press |̰Bluetooth| ೛ Press|ȿContacts
Download Setting| ೛ Set and press |Done|
Streaming Audio Setting
Press |̰Bluetooth| ೛ Press|ȿStreaming
Audio Setting| ೛ |Done|
Name
1 Change
Passkey
You can select the contacts you wish to
download.
Name
Description
When streaming audio is turned On, you
can play music files saved in your
BluetoothÂŽ device from the car.
Information
2 Device
Information
Delete All
3 Favorites
Description
Changes the passkey
used to authenticate
BluetoothÂŽ Device
Searches car BluetoothÂŽ
device information and
change device name
Deletes all favorites of
connected BluetoothÂŽ
Device
Download contacts saved
in your mobile phone
• This feature may not be supported in some
BluetoothÂŽ devices
Delete All
4 Call
History
Deletes all call history of
connected BluetoothÂŽ
Device
SIM
Contacts
Download contacts saved
in SIM
Advanced Settings
Restore
5 Factory
Settings
Restores BluetoothÂŽ
factory state settings
Information
• When the mobile phone contacts and SIM
contacts are both selected, the mobile phone
contacts will be downloaded first.
Press |ȿBluetooth| ೛ Press|ȿAdvanced
Settings|
Advanced Settings allow you to control
additional BluetoothÂŽ related settings. For
safety, first park the vehicle in a safe
location to operate these features.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
ળઝ
Mobile
Contacts
Change Passkey
Device Information
Delete All Favorites
Press |ȿBluetooth| ೛ Press|ȿAdvanced
Settings| ೛ Press|ȿChange Passkey| ೛
Set and press |Done|
Press |ȿBluetooth| ೛ Press|ȿAdvanced
Settings| ೛ Press |ȿDevice Information|
Press |ȿBluetooth| ೛ Press|ȿAdvanced
Settings| ೛ Press |ȿDelete All Favorites|
This feature is used to change the passkey
required to connect a BluetoothÂŽ device
to the car.
This feature allows you to check device
information.
This feature allows you to delete all
Favorites saved in the Car Handsfree for the
currently connected Bluetooth device.
Information
• The default passkey is 0000.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Information
•Press the |Change Name| button to change
the name of the device.
• The default car name is set to Santa Fe.
• The device name and address shown in the
above is only an example. Check your device
for the actual device information.
Information
• If there are no Favorites or a Bluetooth®
device is not connected, the |ČźDelete All
Favorites| button will be disabled.
Using Setup
Delete All Call History
Restore Factory Settings
Navigation
Press |ȿBluetooth| ೛ Press|ȿAdvanced
Settings| ೛ Press |ȿDelete All Call History|
Press |ȿBluetooth| ೛ Press |ȿAdvanced
Settings| ೛ Press |ȿRestore Factory
Settings|
Press the [SETUP] key೛ Press
|ČżNavigation|
Main
Press the |ȿNavigation| button ೛ Press
|Main| ೛ Set and press |Done|
This feature allows you to delete all call
histories saved in the Car Handsfree for the
currently connected device.
Information
Information
• The |̰Restore Factory Settings| feature
cannot be used when a BluetoothÂŽ device is
connected. To use this feature, first disconnect
the BluetoothÂŽ device.
ળઝ
• If there are no call histories or a Bluetooth®
device is not connected, the |ČźDelete All Call
History| button will be disabled.
Turning on this feature will erase all paired
phones and allows you to restore
BluetoothÂŽ related settings and data to the
default factory settings.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
This menu is used to set general navigation
options.
Name
1 Unit
2 Estimated
Time of
3 Distance
and
Time to
Display
Previous
Destinations
upon Startup
5 Driving
Speed
Setting
6 Auto Search
when fuel
gauge
reads low
Description
Sets whether to display
distance as km/mi
Set whether to display
estimated time of arrival
or travel on the route info
display screen
Set whether to display
distance and time to
destination or to waypoint on
the route info display screen
Set whether to display the
previous destinations popup
upon starting system
Set basic info to calculate
estimated arrival time to
destination or waypoint
Automatically search for gas
stations when fuel gauge
reads low
Information
• When you have finished with the settings,
press the |Done| button to save changes.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Driving Speed Setting
Press the |Edit| button within the “Driving
Speed Setting” menu to set the estimated
driving speed for residential roads, main
streets, and expressways. The set driving
speed is applied to calculate the estimated
time to reach the destination or waypoint.
The changed driving speed is used to
calculate the estimated time until the
destination or waypoint.
Press the |Default| button to reset the driving
speed settings
Information
• Default Driving Speed Settings for Residential,
Main Streets, and Expressways are 20mph,
35mph, and 60mph, respectively.
Using Setup
Display
Press the |ȿNavigation| button ೛ Press
|Display| ೛ Set and press |Done|
Route Indicator Line
Press the |ČżEdit| button within the |Route
Indicator Line| menu to change the color
of the route indicator line.
Route Search
Press the |ȿNavigation| button ೛ Press
|Route Search| ೛ Set and press |Done|
This menu is used to set the color of the
Route Indicator line displayed when
receiving route guidance.
This menu is used to set route search
related options.
Information
0COG
Use
Alternative
Route Search
Display Route
Options after
Re-calculation
&GUETKRVKQP
Set whether to first
display alternative routes
upon conducting route
search
Set whether to display
the pop-up screen that
allows changes to route
options upon route
recalculation
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
ળઝ
• When you have finished with the settings,
press the |Done| button to save changes.
Using Setup
Speed Alert Guidance
Guidance
Press the |ȿNavigation| button ೛ Press the To change the |Speed Alert Guidance|
desired |Guidance| ೛ Set and press |Done| option, press the |Edit| button within the
“Speed Alert Guidance” menu.
Name
Guidance
Setup
This menu is used to set options on
speed alerts and driver alerts.
Name
2 Distance
Setup
Sets Alarm sound for
speed alerts/ over
speeding and speed
guidance when volume
is muted.
Sets camera guidance
alarm distance
Description
1 Speed Alert
Guidance
Set options related to
various camera alerts
2 Driver Alert
Guidance
Set options related to
speed bumps, curves,
and merges
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Description
Information
• Distance can be set in 0.06mi units.
To initialize settings, press the |Default| button.
Driver Alert Guidance
My Places
Default
To set the Driver Alert Guidance, option,
press the |Edit| button within the “Driver Alert Press the |ȿNavigation| button ೛ Press
Press the [SETUP] key ೛ Press |ȿEdit My
Guidance” menu.
|Default ೛ Set and press |Done|
Places|
My Places
Press the |ȿEdit My Places| button ೛Press
|My Place| ೛ Set and press |Done|
This menu is used to reset saved changes
and user preferences.
Name
Description
Initialize
Settings
Resets all settings back
to the default state
Memory
Points
Resets all saved memory
point information
ળઝ
Information
• Alerts provided within Driver Alert Guidance
may differ depending on actual road conditions.
Information
• If the settings of an option are reset, then all
settings will be restored to the default factory
state.
• Heed caution as Home, Office and other user
locations may become deleted.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Using Setup
From the My Places list, select the desired
Favorite Places
menu to either add, delete or edit My Places.
Name
Description
1 Store
current
Position
Add the current vehicle
position as a My Place
Add My
2 Places
Add a My Place by using
search functions
Edit My
3 Places
Edit information pertaining
to saved My Places, such
as name, location, and
telephone number
Press the |ȿEdit My Places| button ೛Press
|Favorite Places| ೛ Set and press |Done|
Name
Description
1 Store
current
Position
Adds the current vehicle
position as a Favorite
Place
Add
2 Favorite
Place
Add a Favorite Place by
using search functions
Edit
Favorite
Place
Delete
4 Favorite
Place
Edit information pertaining
to saved Favorite Places,
such as name, location,
and telephone number
Delete one or all saved
Favorite Places
Delete
4 selected
My
Places
Edit
5 Group
name
Delete one or all saved My
Places
Edit name of corresponding
group
Information
Information
• By default, names of folders have been set as
“Group”.
A total of 4 Favorite Places can be saved.
Favorite Places can be selected at the
bottom of the Destination Search main
screen.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
‡If Favorite Places have not been added, the
|Edit Favorite Place| and |Delete Favorite
Place| buttons will be disabled.
Home, Office
Press the |ȿEdit My Places| button ೛Press
|Home| or |Office|
Information
• If the Home and Office has not been set,
these buttons will be displayed as disabled
within the Destination Search screen.
Speed Alerts
Press the |ȿEdit My Places| button ೛Press
|Speed Alerts| ೛ Set and press |Done|
М
ઝ
|ҟԼ৞֩Ԃ| ૜ख୘ִ߾۰ |ָঢ়|, |ࡢ৔| ҟ
ࢂ ૜खࢇ ɼМଜֲ ࢿଞ‫ܖ‬Ѧ ‫ ؀‬৞֩Ԃࢂ ࣗ
զ ۶ࢽ, ૜खࡶ ଟ ܹ ࢑‫ݡ‬ТЬ.
ળઝ
One Home and Office can each be saved.
The set Home and Office positions can be
selected at the bottom of the Destination
Search main screen.
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
Using Setup
Traffic Setup
Press the [SETUP] key ೛ Press |ȿ Traffic
Setup |
0COG
&GUETKRVKQP
Data Radio
1 ID
Check information on XM
traffic data service
activation and activation ID
Display
2 Traffic and
Flow Data
on
Map
Voice
Sets whether to display
real-time traffic information
on map
Prompt for
3 Traffic and
Flow
Warning
Provide
4 Re-Routing
Options
Voice Recognition Settings
Press the [SETUP] key ೛ Press |ȿ Voice
Recognition ೛ Set and press |Done|
Sets whether to receive
voice prompts for real-time
traffic information and
conditions
Sets whether to use rerouting options by reflecting
traffic conditions
Information
• XM Traffic Data service requires a separate
subscription. To subscribe to this service,
please contact the number displayed on the
screen.
This menu is used to set voice recognition
mode between Normal and Expert mode.
&GUETKRVKQP
This menu is used to set options related to
traffic and flow data, voice prompts, and rerouting options based on traffic conditions.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
1 Normal
When using voice
recognition, provides
detailed prompts and is
suited for beginner users
2 Expert
When using voice
recognition, omits certain
prompts and is suited for
experienced users
Clock Settings
Picture Frame
Information
Press the [SETUP] key ೛Press |̰Clock|
• When Daylight Savings Time is turned on, the
clock is moved back one hour.
Clock Setting
Press the [SETUP] key ೛ Press |ȿPicture
Frame| ೛ Set and Press |Done|
View
Press |Time| ೛ Set and press |Done|
Press |ȿClock| ೛ Press |View| ೛ Set and
press |Done|
This menu is used to set the time used
within the Navigation system.
Name
Description
Daylight
2 Saving Time
Turns on/off daylight saving
time feature
This menu is used to set the clock type
and date display within the Navigation
system.
Name
1 Clock
Type
Date
3 Time Format
Converts the time system
shown when within digital
clock between 12 hour / 24
hours
2 Display
Name
Description
Clock
Displays the clock on the
screen when the system power
is turned off
Description
Changes Clock Type (Digital/
Analog)
Image
Displays an image when the
system power is turned off.
Sets whether to display date
within Clock screen
No Image
No image is displayed when the
system power is turned off
Information
Caution
• The time may not be properly displayed if the
GPS time is not connected
• When the picture frame is set to “Image',
images saved within a USB can be as the
picture frame by pressing the |Browse| button.
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
ળઝ
1 GPS Time
Displays time according to
the received GPS time
This menu is used to select the screen
displayed when the system power is turned
off
Using Setup
Keyboard
Name
Press the [SETUP] key ೛ Press
|ȿKeyboard| ೛ Set and press |Done|
1 ABC
Keyboard with characters
arranged in order
2 QWERTY
Keyboard similar to the one
used within a computer
Language
Press the |ȿLanguage| ೛ Set and Press
|Done|
Information
• The set keyboard will be applied to all input
modes across the entire system.
This option allows you to change the type
of keyboard used within the system.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
Description
This menu is used to set the language of the
system display and voice language. You can
select the desired language from English,
French, Spanish and Korean.
Using Setup
Display Off
System Update
Information
Press the [SETUP] key ೛ Press
|ȿSystem Update| ೛ Press |Update|೛
|OK|
• This product requires regular updates for
software corrections, new functions and map
updates. Updating may require up to 1 hour
depending on the data size.
• Turning off the power or ejecting the SD card
during the update process may result in data
loss. Make sure to keep the ignition on and
wait until updating is complete.
• Map and software updates can be
downloaded from the designated website
(http://www.hyundaiusa.com) and updated
through the SD card.
Press the [SETUP] key ೛ Press |ȿ Display
Off|
Press the |ČżDisplay Off| button to turn off
the display. Touch anywhere on the touch
screen to turn the display back on.
Caution
• This feature is used to listen to only sound
and can be very helpful in preventing glare
from the screen when driving at night.
• Even when the display is off, sound will be
played.
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
ળઝ
After inserting the SD card with the update
file, press OK to start the update.
Once updating is complete, the system
will automatically restart.
• Please use only the SD card that was included
with the vehicle purchase.
• The use of a separately purchased SD card
may result in damage due to heat related
deformation.
• Product malfunctions caused by the use of
separately purchased SD cards shall not be
covered within the product warranty.
• Repeatedly connecting/disconnecting the SD
card in a short period of time may cause damage
to the device.
Information
7
Other
Features
• Climate Mode
• PGS
Climate Mode
Operating Climate Mode
Press the [CLIMATE] key to display the
Climate status bar.
Information
• When operating the Multimedia or Navigation
mode, press a Climate related key, such as
[TEMP], [AUTO], [A/C] to display the Climate
status bar at the top of screen.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
Basic Mode Screen
Name
Displays whether the heating/cooling auto
function is on/off
3 A/C Display
Displays whether the a/c is on/off
4 Fan level Display
Displays the current fan level
Fan Direction
Display
Displays the set fan direction
6 DUAL Display
Enables the driver/passenger temperature to
be set independently
7 Passenger-side
temperature
Displays the passenger-side temperature
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
ળઝ
Displays the driver-side temperature
2 AUTO Display
Driver-side
temperature
Description
Climate Mode
Controlling driver/passenger
temperature independently
Basic Operation
Controlling driver/passenger
Temperature simultaneously
Press the [DUAL] key to turn the DUAL
setting back on.
Press the [DUAL] key to turn the DUAL
setting off.
When DUAL is disabled, the driver-side
and passenger-side temperatures are
controlled simultaneously.
Information
• The cabin temperature can be adjusted in
0.5Ȕ units within a range of 17.5Ȕ~ 31.5Ȕ.
• The temperature will be displayed as LOW
once it is adjusted below 17.5Ȕ and HIGH
once it is adjusted above 31.5Ȕ.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Setting Fan Direction
Press the fan keys to change the fan
direction.
When DUAL has been enabled, the driver-side
and passenger-side temperatures can be
controlled independently.
Information
When setting the driver-side temperature
with DUAL on, the DUAL button will turn OFF if
the driver-side temperature is set to LOW or
HIGH
ળઝ
Information
• When setting the driver-side temperature
with DUAL on, the DUAL button will turn OFF if
the driver-side temperature is set to LOW or
HIGH.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Climate Mode
Setting Fan Level
Press the [ȿ‫଀ܞ‬ԛ ࣏ࢸ|key to change the
fan level.
Information
If the fan level is changed while in [AUTO]
mode, AUTO mode will turn off.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
PGS (Parking Guide System)
About PGS (Parking Guide
System)
Operating sequence of the PGS
1. Position the ignition key in ACC or ON.
• PGS System is a system which provides
monitored parking guidance.
• The PGS will operate automatically when
the ignition Key is turned ON and the
transmission level is set to Reverse. The
PGS will automatically stop operating when
the transmission shift lever is set outside of
reverse.
•The PGS(Parking Guide System)is an
optional feature
2. Position the transmission lever to R.
3. The PGS mode will be displayed on the
screen.
Information
Guidance track is as follows:
• Red line -1.64 feet from the rear bumper
• Yellow line – 3.28 feet from the rear bumper.
• Blue line – 9.84 feet from the rear bumper.
• Red line – Track following left side driver side
wheel
• Yellow line – Track following right side
passenger side wheel
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
6
Information
• XM Data
• Blue Link
• GPS Information
• Help
XM Data
About GPS
Press the [INFO] key ೛ Press |XM Data|
About XM Data Service
The XM Data Service is a paid membership
Satellite radio service which provides users
with traffic, stock, sports, and weather
information.
However, weather information is not
supported for vehicles purchased in Canada.
[Weather]
ফ̒ 3ࢊɾࢂ Τ޽ ࢽ‫ݤ૲ ؿ‬
[More]‫؟‬ટࡶ ੼ଜࠆ ۘ‫ ؿࢽ ۿ‬୙ࢉ
[Traffic]
ѦԻ ۘࢂ ࡪˈࢽ‫[ݤ૲ ؿ‬More] ‫؟‬ટࡶ
੼ଜࠆ ۘ‫ ؿࢽ ۿ‬୙ࢉ
[Stocks]
Favorite StocksԻ एࢽѹ 3ʎ ࣯‫ּࣗݥ‬
ࢽ‫ݤ૲ ؿ‬
[More] ‫؟‬ટࡶ ੼ଜࠆ ۘ‫ ؿࢽ ۿ‬୙ࢉ
[Sports]
My TeamsԻ एࢽѹ 2ʎ ય߾ оଞ ࢽ‫ؿ‬
૲‫ݤ‬
[More]‫؟‬ટࡶ ੼ଜࠆ ۘ‫ ؿࢽ ۿ‬୙ࢉ
Weather Data Service
Press the [INFO] key ೛ Press |XM Data| ೛
Press [Weather : More]
The Weather Service is a service which
provides weather information updated ever 5
minutes for your region.
The Weather Service includes Tabular
Weather, Graphical Weather, Warnings and
Advisories Services.
XM Data
Forecast
Map
Warnings and Advisories
Provides current weather information and
weather information for the coming next
three days for your region.
To change the region, press the |Other City|
button and select the desired region.
This service provides weather information,
such as Cloud, Fog, Rain, Snow, and Road
Conditions on the Navigation map as
symbols.
Details can be viewed on specific regions by
using the zoom in and zoom out features.
This service provides weather warnings and
advisories, such as Tornado, Storm, Flood,
etc. as symbols on the Navigation map.
Details can be viewed on specific regions by
using the zoom in and zoom out features.
XM Data
Traffic Data Service
Press the [INFO] key ೛ Press |XM Data|
೛Press [Traffic : More]
2.Displays Road Traffic situations
RTM (Road Traffic Message) is a feature
which displays symbols of icons for each
type of road traffic condition, such as
locations under construction, accidents,
basic weather, and others on map locations
based on Traffic information provided by XM.
3.Avoidance of locations where traffic
situations have occurred.
If a traffic situation occurs somewhere along
the route, the route is recalculated to avoid
such locations and an avoidance
recalculation popup will be displayed.
• Automatic route recalculation (guidance)
according to changes in traffic conditions.
• Provides short-cuts for initially searched
routes.
• Displays increased detour distance and
estimated driving times.
• Displays icons by each traffic situation on
the map.
1.Route calculation by incorporating
actual road traffic conditions
Incorporation of traffic information to route
calculations is a user option which can be
turned on or off by the user.
4.Displays Traffic Event List
A list providing details on accidents and an
icon which will display the accident location
are displayed. The user can view details by
pressing on the list or move the map to the
accident location by pressing on the
accident icons.
Traffic Stocks Service
XM Stock data Service is a service which
provides real-time updated information on
the NYSE, NASDAQ, and AMEX
(approximately 11,000 symbols)
Press the [INFO] key ೛ Press |XM Data| ೛
Press [Stock : More]
XM Data
Stocks
Stocks is a feature that shows the current
value and change of stocks.
For symbols which you are interested in,
press the  icon to save the
symbol as a part of . Saved
symbols can be viewed from the My
Favorites button on the Stock Main screen.
Stock Search
Use the Stock Search menu to search for
specific stocks.
My Favorites
My Favorites shows list of stocks added by
the user.
XM Data
When GPS info cannot be used
The service provides real-time updated
information on scores and schedules for
major sports, such as NFL, NBA, NCAA
Football, NCAA basketball, NHL, MLB,
NASCAR and more.
Press the [INFO] key ೛ Press |XM Data| ೛
Press [Sports : More]
My Teams
You can save teams which you are
interested in as part of  to easily
view related scores and schedules.
Blue Link
Blue Link
Blue Link ۭ‫ۉ ࡿ࣬ ݡ ࡅࢄ ݘٵ‬ଡ
Press the [INFO] key ೛ Press |Blue Link|
Blue Link ۰‫ ߾ݛٸ‬ɼ࢏Ѹ߭ ࢑ए ߉ࡵ ˁࡉ, Auto Crash Notification
ECO Drivingࢽ‫࣏ ؿ‬ୣ, Blue Link System ࢽ ८ԛ ‫ˈی‬Ի ࢉଜࠆ ߾߭ؒࢇ ࢖Ѱଟ ˁࡉ ୃ
‫ ؿ‬୙ࢉ ̛Мփ ࢿ˓ ѼТЬ.
ࢢ ࡢ৔ࠪ ˈʏЧࢂ ࢽ‫ؿ‬ձ ‫ܖݦ‬ଜʯ Blue
Link ‫܁‬ਫ਼Ի ࢷ‫ܞ‬ଞ ୯ ̝̗˱΢ ࢷ୘ɼ ࠉʼ
џТЏ.
̝̗ ˱΢ ࢷ୘ɼ ࠉʼѸִ ߇ࢷ ۘжࡕࢇ ୃ
ࢢ ۘଢ଼߾ Ҭհ ࢶࢸଞ ࣏৔ձ ীଜʯ Ѹֲ
Ѱ‫ˈ ߾ݤ‬ʏЧ͉ ࢶࢸଞ ଭѰ ࣏৔ձ ۶ָଢ
ТЏ.
[Downloade
d POI]
Blue Link ‫܁‬ਫ਼ ӖЕ ࡠ‫ࢇی‬ઝձ ੼ଜࠆ
ЬࡋԻҖ ѹ POI ࢽ‫ ؿ‬୙ࢉ
[ECO
Driving]
८ԛ ࠉ‫̐ ٸ‬Ԏ଎ ‫ ؀‬ˁࢿ ࡋࢷ ࢽ‫ؿ‬ձ
୙ࢉ
[system
Info]
Blue Link ‫ݛݤ‬੬ ࢽ‫ ؿ‬୙ࢉ ‫߶ ؀‬іࢇ
ઝ
[Gas
Station]
Blue Link ‫܁‬ਫ਼ ӖЕ ࡠ‫ࢇی‬ઝձ ੼ଜࠆ
ЬࡋԻҖ ѹ Gas Station ࢽ‫ ؿ‬୙ࢉ
[Restaurant
s]
Blue Link ‫܁‬ਫ਼ ӖЕ ࡠ‫ࢇی‬ઝձ ੼ଜࠆ
ЬࡋԻҖ ѹ Restaurants ࢽ‫ ؿ‬୙ࢉ
[Location
Sharing]
Blue Link ‫܁‬ਫ਼ ӖЕ ࡠ‫ࢇی‬ઝձ ੼ଜࠆ
˓ࡪѹ ৖˱ࢂ ࡢ৔ ࢽ‫ ؿ‬୙ࢉ
Blue Link ߄ࢴ ‫ݘٵۭ ߄ؼ ׽‬
Blue Link
SOS
[SOS] ੁձ ੼ଜࠆ ̝̗ ˱΢ ۰‫ݛٸ‬ձ ࡁঐ
ଟ ܹ ࢑‫ݡ‬ТЬ. SOS۰‫ݛٸ‬ɼ ࡁঐѸִ ८ԛ
ࢽ‫ࡢ ࢢୃ ؀ ؿ‬৔ ࢽ‫ؿ‬ɼ Blue Link ‫܁‬ਫ਼Ի
ࢷ‫ ܞ‬Ѹֲ ߇ࢷ ۘжࡕ˕ࢂ ੼୘ɼ ࠉʼѼТ
ĐŹ.
߇ࢷ ۘжࡕࡵ ̝̗ ˱΢ ࡁࡕࢇ ୃࢠ߾ Ѧ९
ଟ Ҷ̧ए ੼୘ձ ࡪएଜֲ ˈʏЧ͉ ࢶࢸଞ
ଭѰ ࣏৔ձ ۶ָଢТЬ.
५Ԙ ѣΟ ،ऌ ۭ‫ݘٵ‬
५Ԙ ‫ܓ‬ѣ ʀ‫ܒ‬
८ԛ Ѧ΢߾ оଞ ۘଢ଼ࢇ ʃएѹ ˁࡉ, Ѧ΢
ࢽ‫ؿ‬Е ई‫˗ ݤ‬ଟ ˁॲ۰Ի ࢷ‫ܞ‬Ѹֲ Blue
Link ‫܁‬ਫ਼Е ˗ଟ ˁॲࢇ Ѧ΢ѹ ८ԛࡶ ‫ܖݦ‬
ଜʯ ܹؑ ‫ ؀‬ୣܹଟ ܹ ࢑ѦԼ ˗԰ ࢽ‫ؿ‬ձ
एࡕ ଢТЬ.
८ԛ ࣯ଭ ࣸ Ѧ΢ࢇ ʃएѸִ ˗԰ ‫ئ‬թ߾
̒ʠଜࠆ ଥк ८ԛࢂ ‫ܖ‬Ѧձ ߇ࢷ‫ܖ‬Ѧ̧ए
ঊঊ஢ ʃ‫੆ݤܕ‬ТЬ. ࢇҶ Ьࡸ˕ ʋࡵ ˁˈ
֩‫ݤ‬एɼ ૲‫ݤ‬ѼТЬ.
५Ԙ ‫ݡ‬ѭ ̓ऌ
८ԛ Ѧ΢ࢇ ʃएѸִ ˗԰ ‫ئ‬թ߾ ̒ʠଜࠆ
ଥк ८ԛࢂ ‫ݤ‬Ѱࡶ ८ЯଢТЬ.
८ԛ ‫ݤ‬Ѱ ̖एЕ ୃࢢ ८ԛࢂ ‫ݤ‬Ѱࢇ ̿ࣇ
࢑Е ۘଢ଼߾۰ ࢖Ѱଜֲ, ८ԛࢇ ࢇѰ ࣸࢉ
ˁࡉ߾Е ८ԛࢇ ֣শ ୯ ‫ݤ‬Ѱࢇ ̿ऑ ୯߾
ࢢ‫ݤ‬Ѱ ‫ ݤ‬८Я ѼТЬ.
Blue Link
࡟৑ ࢺ‫ݘٵۭ ؼ‬
Blue Link ‫۾‬ਜ਼ծ ੹ଛ POI ࢺ‫ ؼ‬Щࡈ
Ըғ
Blue Link POI
Օ‫ײ‬ԙਾ ϹիВ ࢄ‫ײ‬ऌ
Blue Link ‫۾‬ਜ਼ծ ੹ଛ POI ࢺ‫ ؼ‬Щࡈ
2. ࠉʼ ୯ Blue Link ‫܁‬ਫ਼ࢂ ࡸ‫੼ ࡶݥࢉ۽‬ଜ
Ըғ
ࠆ POI ࢽ‫ؿ‬ձ ࡁঐ
3. ࡁঐѹ POI ࢽ‫ؿ‬ձ ܹ‫ݦ‬ଜִ ୘ִ߾ ܹ‫ ݦ‬1. Blue Link ࡠ‫ࢇی‬ઝ (www.myhyndai.com)
ѹ POI ࢽ‫ؿ‬ɼ ૲‫ݤ‬ѼТЬ.
ձ ؏‫ח‬ଜࠆ ߾۰ ࡕଜЕ POI ࢽ‫ؿ‬ձ ʦۛଞ
୯ ८ԛࡳԻ ࢷ‫ܞ‬ଢТЬ.
2. ࢷ‫ ܞ‬୯ ८ԛ ‫ݤ‬Ѱࡶ ਄ִ Ьࡸ˕ ʋࡵ POI
ЬࡋԻҖ ֩‫ݤ‬एɼ ૲‫ݤ‬ѼТЬ.
Blue Link Call ࠆʹ୕ֱ
1. ՘‫׵‬Ԝࢂ [Blue Link POI] ੁձ ЀԜ Blue
Link ‫܁‬ਫ਼Ի ࠉʼ.
Blue Link Call ࠆʹ୕ֱ
POI ЩࡈԸғ ષ߳
3.YESձ ۴੔ଜࠆ ЬࡋԻҖ ѹ POIּԼࡶ
୙ࢉଢТЬ.
POI ն‫ݘ‬ચ ୕ֱ
Blue Link
ЩࡈԸғ Ѷ POI ࢺ‫ࢆୖ ؼ‬
Press the [INFO] key ೛ |Blue Link| ۴੔
೛[Downloaded POI] ۴੔
POI ն‫ݘ‬ચ ୕ֱ
Information
• ̛‫ࡳࢶق‬Ի POIּԼࡵ ୃࢢ ࡢ৔ձ ࣱ̛ࡳԻ
Τज ܻ۰Ի ૲‫ ݤ‬ѼТЬ. փߟ ࣯ଭ ࣸࢉ ˁԻ
ࣱ̛ ӖЕ ЬࡋԻҖ ѹ ʠչձ ࣱ̛ࡳԻ ૲‫ݤ‬ձ
ࡕଞЬִ Distance ӖЕ On Routeձ ۴੔ଜ‫ݫ‬
‫ࠝݤ‬.
•ΰ‫ٸ‬ʯࢇ‫߾܊‬۰ ̛࣑߾ ۶ࢽѹ ּࢶए߾ оଞ
ˁԻձ ੎ۛ ࣸࢉ ˁࡉ߾Е एѦ୘ִࡳԻ ࢇѰ
ଟ ܹ ߷‫ݡ‬ТЬ. ˁԻ ੎ۛ ࠬՎ ୯ Ь‫ࡈࢇ ݤ‬ଥ
࣯‫ࠝݤݫ‬.
Poi ࢷ୘ ࠉʼࡵ ‫ٴ‬Քઆ‫ݛ‬ձ ੼ଜࠆ ࢷ୘̛ձ
ࠉʼଜ̛ Ҷ‫ࢵ֠ ߾ח‬, ‫ٴ‬Քઆ‫ࢷ ݛ‬୘ɼ ࠉʼѸ
߭ ࢑Еए ୙ࢉ ଜࠆ ࣯‫ࠝݤݫ‬.
ЩࡈԸғ Ѷ Gas Station ࢺ‫ࢆୖ ؼ‬
Press the [INFO] key ೛ |Blue Link| ۴੔
೛[Gas Station] ۴੔
Gas Station ն‫ݘ‬ચ ୕ֱ
POI չ‫ݛ‬ઝձ ۴੔ଜִ ۘ‫ؿࢽ ۿ‬ձ ୙ࢉଟ
ܹ ࢑‫ݡ‬ТЬ.
Gas Station ‫ֱ୕ ؼࢺ ۼە‬
POI ‫ֱ୕ ؼࢺ ۼە‬
[View Map]
[Call]
[Delete]
ୃࢢ ۴੔ѹ POIࢂ ࡢ৔ձ एѦ ۘ߾۰
୙ࢉ
ୃࢢ ۴੔ѹ POIԻ ࢷ୘ ʤ̛
ୃࢢ ۴੔ѹ POI ࢽ‫ࢿۍ ؿ‬
Blue Link
ЩࡈԸғ Ѷ Restaurants ࢺ‫ࢆୖ ؼ‬
Press the [INFO] key ೛ |Blue Link| ۴੔
೛[Restaurants ]۴੔
ːࡧѶ ৓ˮࡿ ࡟৑ ࢺ‫ࢆୖ ؼ‬
έ ࡟৑ծ ৓ˮ߻ʬ ࢴ‫ܛ‬
Press the [INFO] key ೛ |Blue Link| ۴੔
೛[Location Sharing ]۴੔
Blue Link POI
Օ‫ײ‬ԙਾ ϹիВ ࢄ‫ײ‬ऌ
Restaurants ն‫ݘ‬ચ ୕ֱ
Location Sharing ն‫ݘ‬ચ ୕ֱ
1. ՘‫׵‬Ԝࢂ [Blue Link POI] ੁձ ЀԜ Blue
Link‫܁‬ਫ਼Ի ࠉʼ
Restaurants ‫ֱ୕ ؼࢺ ۼە‬
Location Sharing ‫ֱ୕ ؼࢺ ۼە‬
Blue Link Call
੹୕ ࣵ ୕ֱ
2.ࠉʼ ୯ Blue Link ‫܁‬ਫ਼ ۘжࡕ߾ʯ ΰ ࡢ৔
ձ ৖˱߾ʯ ࢷ‫ܞ‬ଟ ʨࡶ ࡁঐ
3.ΰ ࡢ৔ɼ ৖˱߾ʯ ࢷ‫ܞ‬ѻ
Blue Link
५Ԙ ࢺ‫ݘٵۭ ؼ‬
Eco Driving
Press the [INFO] key ೛ |Blue Link|
۴੔ ೛[Eco Driving] ۴੔
Eco Driving ୕ֱ
ࠆ‫̍ ٵ‬ԋଋ
Average
Fuel
Economy
ૡ̎ࠉ‫(ٸ‬Community) о‫ٸ‬ଞ 2.5ٗ ɾʸ
ࢂ ࠉ‫ݤ૲ ؿࢽٸ‬
‫ݤ‬Ѱ ୯ ८ԛ ࣯ଭ߾ Ҭհ ૡ̎ ࠉ‫ٸ‬
Fuel
Consumptio
n last 2.5
min
ফ̒ 2.5 ٗ Ѱ߇ࢂ ࠉ‫ٸ‬
Eco Reward
ૡ̎ࠉ‫ؿٸ‬Ь ࣚࡵ ࡋࢷࡶ ଜЕ ˁࡉ ࢺܹ
୤җ
Help
ࠉ‫̐ ٸ‬Ԏ଎߾ оଞ ۘ‫ ۿ‬۶ָ ૲‫ݤ‬
ۭ‫ ݘٵ‬րՋ ߇պ
࢒ѭ ५Ԙ ऎЬ ‫߇ ࢝˅ ׽‬պ
Blue Link ۰‫ ݛٸ‬փՎ ‫ ࢇࢺݤ‬ɼ̧ࡓ ִࠝ,
Ьࡸ˕ ʋࡵ ֩‫ݤ‬एɼ ૲‫ ݤ‬ѼТЬ.
۰‫ ݛٸ‬փՎ ߊսࡵ ࡠ‫ࢇی‬ઝ, ࢇ֩ࢊ ‫ח ؀‬
࢕ ֩‫ݤ‬एձ ੼ଜࠆ ̛࣯ࢶࡳԻ ߇ΰѼТЬ.
८ԛ ۘ੓߾ оଞ ࢇۘࢇ ʃएѸִ ଥк ࢇۘ
߾ оଞ ߇ΰࠪ ࣏৔‫ی‬ତ߾ оଜࠆ ୘ִ߾ ૲
‫ݤ‬ѼТЬ.
Blue Link
Eco Driving
८ԛࢂ չਐ ӖЕ ৪૓ࢉ ࢽ‫ؿ‬ɼ ܹ‫ݦ‬Ѹִ Ь
ࡸ˕ ʋࡵ ֩‫ݤ‬एɼ ૲‫ݤ‬ѼТЬ.
Blue Link ‫ݘݡ‬੩ ࢺ‫ؼ‬
Press the [INFO] key ೛ |Blue Link| ۴੔
೛[System Info] ۴੔
System Info ୕ֱ
Model
১ૐࢆ ߇պ ષ߳
Version
MEID NO.
Update
(USB)
Blue Link ֻљ ࢇղ
Blue Link ଜҖ࡛߭ ‫ܕ ؀‬଎ઝ࡛߭ ‫ࢷ؟‬
Blue Link ‫ݛݤ‬੬ ˈࡪ ‫୎ء‬
USBձ ੼ଞ Blue Link ‫ݛݤ‬੬ ߶іࢇઝ
GPS Information
About GPS
GPS (Global Position System) :
GPS is a system developed and operated
by the United States that determines the
user’s current position (longitude • latitude,
etc) by using 4 or more satellites.
This system is used with related GPS
information, various sensors, road map
data, and other related information to
provide navigation services
Information
• For continued map updates, information
gathering and surveys are conducted
continuously to monitor road changes or new
road constructions. Nonetheless, roads,
facilities, and fares are under constant change
and it is impossible to completely remove all
errors, including road updates, names, facilities,
and fares. Please keep such fact in mind when
using GPS.
• In principle, roads with widths less than 3m
are not included within the map data. Roads
with sections with widths less than 3m may be
deleted in future map data updates.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
When GPS info cannot be used
GPS info may not operate under the
following conditions.
• When buildings, tunnels, or other
obstructions block satellite signals
• When materials are placed above the
GPS antenna and block satellite signals
• When the satellite is not transmitting
• When a digital cellular phone (1.5GHz)
is placed near the GPS antenna
Errors unavoidable due to
system characteristics
• The navigation system uses GPS
information, various sensors, road map
data, and other related information to
display the current position. Errors may
occur if the satellite is transmitting
inaccurate signals or only two or less
satellite signals can be received. Errors that
occur in such conditions cannot be corrected.
Viewing GPS Info
Press the [INFO] key ೛ Select |ȿGPS Info|
The GPS reception and vehicle speed
information are displayed.
ળઝ
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Help
Viewing Help
Press the [INFO] key ೛ Select |ȿHelp|
Help sections on the Navigation and
BluetoothÂŽ features can be selected and
viewed.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
5
Voice
Recognition
• Starting Voice Recognition
• Voice Command Lists
Using Voice Recognition
Starting Voice Recognition
Starting Voice Recognition
Shortly press the [ČżVR] key on the steering
remote controller (under 0.8 seconds) ೛
Say a command
Once voice recognition starts, the voice
command entry window and the six
representative commands are displayed.
If voice recognition is in [Normal Mode],
then the system will say “Please say a
command. Beep~”
• If voice recognition is in [Expert Mode],
then the system will only say a “Beep~”
Information
• To change the Normal/Expert setting, press
the [SETUP] key and enter the Voice
Recognition settings screen.
Skipping Prompt Messages
(e.g. :screen displayed when ‘Help’ is stated)
While prompt message is being stated ೛
Shortly press the [ČżVR] key on the steering
remote controller (under 0.8 seconds)
The prompt message is immediately ended
and the beep tone will sound. After the
“beep”, say the voice command.
Re-starting Voice Recognition
Notice
• For proper recognition, say the command
after the voice instruction and beep tone.
While system waits for a command ೛
Shortly press the [ČżVR] key on the steering
remote controller (under 0.8 seconds)
The command wait state is immediately
ended and the beep ton will sound. After the
“beep”, say the voice command.
Using Voice Recognition
Ending Voice Recognition
Using Voice Recognition
Adjusting Voice Recognition
Volume
While Voice Recognition is operating ೛
Press the [ȿVR] key on the steering remote While Voice Recognition is operating ೛
Press and hold the [ČżVR] key on the
controller. The voice command entry window Turn the ೣ Volume knob left/right to adjust
steering remote controller (over 0.8 seconds) and the six representative commands are
the voice recognition prompt volume
displayed.
Information
• If voice recognition is set to ‘Expert’, then the
‘Please say a command’ prompt will not be
provided. Only the ‘beep-’ will sound.
• If voice recognition is set to ‘Expert’, then the
six representative commands are not shown
on the screen.
• After the ‘Beep-’, the |‫ݛ‬ଔ৲| icon will change
to the |ࡸ‫یݥࢉ۽‬Ԇ| icon to indicate that a
command can now be stated.
While using voice command, pressing a
steering wheel remote control or a different
key will end voice command.
Information
̲ In a state where the system is waiting for a
voice command, say “cancel” or “end” to end
voice command.
̲ In a state where the system is waiting for a
voice command, press and hold the [Čż VR]
key on the steering remote controller to end
voice command.
Using Voice Recognition
Illustration on Using Voice Recognition
(When Home is set as the destination)
Press the [ČżVR] key (under 0.8 seconds).
The system is await your command and
display a list of accessible commands on the
screen.
Destination
Please say a command
BeepPlease say a command
BeepDestination
Go Home
Voice Command List
Voice Command List
Voice commands within this system are categorized into
“Common Commands” and “Mode Commands”.
• Common Commands (Ǹ) : commands that can be used in
all situations.
• Mode Commands (ɂ) : commands that can be used in
specific multimedia/navigation/Bluetooth mode states.
Information
Some commands will operate properly only when a USB, iPod,
Bluetooth or other device has been connected.
Help Command List
Command
Operation
Ǹ
Help
Displays the mail Help screen
Ǹ
Destination Help
Displays the Destination related command list
Ǹ
Map Help
Displays the Map related command list
Ǹ
Radio Help
Displays the FM/AM radio related command list
Ǹ
XM Help
Displays the XM radio related command list
Ǹ
Disc Help
Displays the DISC mode related command list for the disc inserted in the CD Player
Ǹ
iPod Help
Displays the iPod related command list
Ǹ
USB Help
Displays the USB related command list
Ǹ
Pandora Help
Displays the Pandora radio related command list
Ǹ
Phone Help
Displays the Phone related command list
Audio System Command List
FM/AM Radio
Command
Operation
Ǹ
Radio
Plays the most recent frequency for the most recently operated band
Ǹ
(Radio) AM
Plays the most recent frequency for the corresponding band
Ǹ
(Radio) FM
Plays the most recent frequency for the corresponding band. In the case of FM, the most recent frequency within the most
recently played FM1 or FM2 band is Played
Ǹ
FM1/FM2
Plays the most recent frequency for the corresponding band
Ǹ
AM frequency <530~1710>
Ǹ
FM frequency <87.5~107.9>
Ǹ
AM Preset <1~6>
Plays the desired AM band preset frequency
Ǹ
FM1 Preset <1~6>
Plays the desired FM1 band preset frequency
Ǹ
FM2 Preset <1~6>
Plays the desired FM2 band preset frequency
ɂ
Preset <1~6>
Plays the desired preset frequency for the current band
ɂ
Seek Up
Searches and plays the next frequency of the current band
ɂ
Seek Down
Searches and plays the previous frequency of the current band
ɂ
Preset Up
Plays the next preset frequency of the current band
ɂ
Preset Down
Plays the previous preset frequency of the current
ɂ
Auto Store
Searches all frequencies within the current band and stores the 6 frequencies with the most superior reception as preset
buttons
ɂ
Scan On
Scans receivable frequencies from the current broadcast and plays for 5 seconds each
ɂ
Scan Off
Ends the currently operating Scan or Preset Scan feature
ɂ
Preset Scan
Moves to the next preset from the current present and plays for 5 seconds each
Plays the desired AM band frequency
(ex : AM Frequency “Five-Hundred Thirty”)
Plays the desired FM band frequency
(ex : FM Frequency “Eighty-Seven point Five”)
XM Radio
Command
Operation
Ǹ
XM
Plays the last channel within the last band from XM1, XM2, and XM3
Ǹ
XM1/ XM2/ XM3
Plays the most recent channel for the corresponding Band
Ǹ
XM Channel <1~255>
Plays the desired XM band channel
(ex : XM channel “Eleven”)
Ǹ
XM1 Preset <1~6>
Plays the desired preset channel for XM1 band
Ǹ
XM2 Preset <1~6>
Plays the desired preset channel for XM2 band
Ǹ
XM3 Preset <1~6>
Plays the desired preset channel for XM3 band
ɂ
Channel <1~255>
Plays the desired channel of the current band
ɂ
Preset <1~6>
Plays the desired preset channel of the current band
ɂ
Channel Up
Plays the next channel of the current band
ɂ
Channel Down
Plays the previous channel of the current band
ɂ
Preset Up
Plays the next preset channel of the current band
ɂ
Preset Down
Plays the previous preset channel of the current band
ɂ
Scan On
Scans receivable channels from the current broadcast and plays for 5 seconds each
ɂ
Scan Off
Ends the currently operating Scan or Preset Scan feature
ɂ
Preset Scan
Moves to the next preset from the current present and plays for 5 seconds each
CD(Audio Type)
Command
Operation
Ǹ
CD
If the DISC inserted in the CD Player is either a CD or MP3 DISC, then the CD or MP3 will be played
Ǹ
CD Track <1~99>
If the DISC inserted in the CD Player is a CD, then CD Mode will start and plays the desired track
ɂ
Play
Plays the currently paused song
ɂ
Pause
Pauses the current song
ɂ
Next Track
Plays the next track
ɂ
Previous Track
Plays the previous track
ɂ
Repeat On
Repeats the current track
ɂ
Repeat Off
Cancels repeat play to play tracks in sequential order
ɂ
Shuffle On
Randomly plays the tracks within the CD
ɂ
Shuffle Off
Cancels random Play to play tracks in sequential order
ɂ
Scan On
Scans the files from the next files for 10 seconds each
ɂ
Scan Off
Ends the currently operating Scan feature
ɂ
Track <1~99>
Plays the desired track number
CD(MP3 Type)
Command
Operation
Ǹ
CD
If the DISC inserted in the CD Player is either a CD or MP3 DISC, then the CD or MP3 will be played
ɂ
Play
Plays the currently paused song
ɂ
Pause
Pauses the current song
ɂ
Next File
Plays the next track
ɂ
Previous File
Plays the previous track
ɂ
Next Folder
Plays the first file in the next folder
ɂ
Previous Folder
Plays the first file in the previous folder
ɂ
Repeat On
Repeats the current file
ɂ
Repeat Off
Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential order
ɂ
Repeat Folder
Repeats all files in the current folder
ɂ
Shuffle On
Plays all files within the CD in random order.
ɂ
Shuffle Off
Cancels random play to play files in sequential order
ɂ
Shuffle Folder
Randomly plays the files within the current folder
ɂ
Scan On
Scans the files from the next files for 10 seconds each
ɂ
Scan Off
Ends the currently operating Scan or Folder Scan feature
ɂ
Folder Scan
Plays all songs in the folder in which the current playing file is located for 10 seconds each
USB Music
Command
Operation
Ǹ
USB
If the USB has been connected to the device, plays the MP3 or Image files within the USB
Ǹ
USB Music
If the USB has been connected to the device, plays the MP3 files within the USB
Ǹ
Play
Plays the currently paused song
ɂ
Pause
Pauses the current song
ɂ
Next File
Plays the next track
ɂ
Previous File
Plays the previous track
ɂ
Next Folder
Plays the first file in the next folder
ɂ
Previous Folder
Plays the first file in the previous folder
ɂ
Repeat On
Repeats the current file
ɂ
Repeat Off
Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential order
ɂ
Repeat Folder
Repeats all files in the current folder
ɂ
Shuffle On
Plays all files within the USB in random order
ɂ
Shuffle Off
Cancels random play to play files in sequential order
ɂ
Shuffle Folder
Randomly plays the files within the current folder
ɂ
Scan On
Scans the files from the next files for 10 seconds each
ɂ
Scan Off
Ends the currently operating Scan or Folder Scan feature
ɂ
Folder Scan
Plays all songs in the folder in which the current playing file is located for 10 seconds each
USB Image
Command
Operation
Ǹ
USB
If the DISC inserted in the CD plays is either a CD or MP3 DISC, then the CD or MP3 will be played
Ǹ
USB Image
If the USB has been connected to the device, plays the MP3 files within the USB
ɂ
Next File
Displays the next image file
ɂ
Previous File
Displays the previous image file
ɂ
Next Folder
Displays the first image file within the next folder
ɂ
Previous Folder
Displays the first image file within the previous folder
iPod
Command
Operation
Ǹ
iPod
Plays the songs within the iPod if the iPod has been connected to the device
ɂ
Play
Plays the currently paused song
ɂ
Pause
Pauses the current song
ɂ
Next Song
Plays the next song
ɂ
Previous Song
Plays the previous song
ɂ
Repeat On
Repeats the current file
ɂ
Repeat Off
Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential order
ɂ
Shuffle On
Plays all files within the current category in random order
ɂ
Shuffle Off
Cancels random play to play files in sequential order
My Music
Command
Operation
Ǹ
My Music
Plays the songs within the My Music
ɂ
Play
Plays the currently paused song
ɂ
Pause
Pauses the current song
ɂ
Next File
Plays the next file
ɂ
Previous File
Plays the previous file
ɂ
Repeat On
Repeats the current file
ɂ
Repeat Off
Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential order
ɂ
Shuffle On
Plays all files within the current category in random order
ɂ
Shuffle Off
Cancels random play to play files in sequential order
ɂ
Scan On
Scans the files from the next files for 10 seconds each
ɂ
Scan Off
Ends the currently operating Scan or Folder Scan feature
Others
Command
Operation
Ǹ
Audio On
Turns on the Audio/Video
Ǹ
Audio Off
Turns off the Audio/Video
Ǹ
Bluetooth Audio
Plays Bluetooth Audio
Ǹ
Auxiliary
Plays the connected auxiliary device
Ǹ
Blue Link
Displays the Blue Link mode screen
Ĝ$NWG.KPMĜ KUCPQRVKQPCNHGCVWTG
Phone Command List
Command
Operation
Ǹ
Call Name
Makes the call to the name
Ǹ
Call 
Call  saved in Contacts
(ex: Call "John")
Ǹ
Dial Number
Makes the call to the number
Ǹ
Dial 
Call can be made by dialing the spoken numbers
(ex: Dial “123”)
Ǹ
Contacts
Displays list of saved contacts. Say the name to connect the call to the corresponding contact.
Ǹ
Recent Calls
The user can select a number from the outgoingヤ incomingヤ and missed calls
Ǹ
Redial
Connects the most recently called number
Navigation Command List
&GUVKPCVKQP
Command
Operation
Ǹ
Find Address
Sets the destination through address search for route guidance
Ǹ
Previous Destination
Sets one of the previous destination as the current destination
Ǹ
Previous Searches
Sets one of the previous searches as the current destination
Ǹ
Find Nearest POI
Sets a POI near the current position as the destination for route guidance through POI category search
Ǹ
Find the Nearest < POI Name>
Sets a POI near the current position as the destination by directly inputting the POI name for route guidance
(ex: Find the Nearest "Restaurants'') ŕł´
POI Category listヤ Page ##
Ǹ
Destination POI by Phone
Number
Sets the destination by searching the phone number of the facility
Ǹ
Find Emergency Police Station
Searches for an emergency Police Station which is nearby the current position and sets it as the destination for r
Ǹ
Find Emergency Hospital
Searches for an emergency Hospital which is nearby the current position and sets it as the destination for route!
Ǹ
Find Emergency Dealership
Searches for an emergency Dealership which is nearby the current position and sets it as the destination for rout
Ǹ
My Places
Sets one of the list of previously registered addresses in the My Places for the user as the destination
Ǹ
Go Home
Sets the previously registered home address as the destination for route guidance
Ǹ
Go to Office
Sets the previously registered office address as the destination for route guidance
Ǹ
Previous Start Position
Sets the previous start position as the current destination
Ǹ
Favorite Place < 1 ~ 5 >
Sets a previously registered favorite place as the destination for route guidance
/CR
Command
Operation
Ǹ
Map Current Location
Displays the current position of the vehicle.
Ǹ
Voice Guidance On
Turns the Voice Guidance On
Ǹ
Voice Guidance Off
Turns the Voice Guidance Off
Ǹ
Voice Guidance Lauder
Increases the Voice Guidance volume by 1 level
Ǹ
Voice Guidance Softer
Decrease the Voice Guidance volume by 1 level
Ǹ
Repeat Voice Guidance
Repeats the route guidance
Ǹ
Cancel Route
Deletes the designated destination and terminates the route guidance
Ǹ
Detour <1ヤ2ヤ5, 10> mile(s)
Searches detour routes within a  mile radius
Ǹ
Detour  kilometer(s)
Searches detour routes within a  kilometer radius
Ǹ
Distance to Destination
Reports the remaining distance until destination by voice
Ǹ
Time to Destination
Reports the remaining time until destination by voice
Ǹ
Store Marked Location to 
(ex: Store Marked Location to "User I"
Registers the selected location into the selected Address book
Ǹ
Replan Fastest Route
Recalculates the route with the fastest route
Ǹ
Replan Shortest Route
Recalculates the route with the shortest route
Ǹ
Zoom In / Zoom Out
Decreases/Increases the map zoom by one level
Ǹ
Zoom 
Displays the map in the corresponding zoom
 : 150, 300, 700 feet/0.25, 0.5 miles/1 mile/2, 4, 8, 16, 64, 130, 250 miles
50, 100, 200, 400, 800 meters/1.6, 3.2, 6.4, 12, 25, 50, 100, 200, 400 kilometers
Ǹ
Zoom Minimum
Displays the map screen in the maximum zoom level
Ǹ
Zoom Maximum
Displays the map screen in the minimum zoom level
Ǹ
View Route
If the destination has been setヤ displays the whole route screen until the destination
Command
Operation
Ǹ
XM Traffic
Displays XM Traffic information on the screen
Ǹ
Auto Zoom On
Turns the Auto Zoom feature on
Ǹ
Auto Zoom Off
Turns the Auto Zoom feature off
Ǹ
Auto Mode
Converts the map display is between daylight/night modes automatically
Ǹ
Daylight Mode
Converts the map display into daylight mode
Ǹ
Night Mode
Converts the map display into night mode
Ǹ
North Up
Displays the map in North Up mode
Ǹ
Heading Up
Displays the map in Heading Up mode
POI Category List
Restaurants
Rest Area
Pharmacy
Court House
African Restaurants
Road Assistance
Shoe Store
Fire Department
American Restaurants
Travel
Shopping Center
Government Offices
Asian Restaurants
Airport
Sporting Goods Store
Library
Chinese Restaurants
Bus Station
Recreation
Police Station
Coffee Shop
Campground
Amusement Park
Post Office
Continental Restaurants
City Center
Cinema
School
Fast Food
Ferry Terminal
Golf Course
Utilities
French Restaurants
Hotel
Museum
Waste & Sanitary
Italian Restaurants
Local Transit
Recreation Area
Services
Japanese Restaurants
Rental Car Agency
Ski Resort
Attorney
Korean Restaurants
Tourist Attraction
Sports Activities
Cleaning & Laundry
Latin American Restaurants
Tourist Information
Sports Complex
Communication Services
Mexican Restaurants
Train Station
Video & Game Rental
Dentist
Seafood Restaurants
Travel Agent
Winery
Funeral Home
Vegetarian Restaurants
Shopping
Other Recreation
Hair & Beauty
Other Restaurants
Bookstore
Financial Services
Hospital
Automotive
Clothing Shop
ATM
Medical Service
Auto Parts
Convenience Store
Bank
Mover Services
Auto Service
Department Store
Business Facility
Photography
Automobile Dealership
Electronics Store
Check Cashing Service
Physician
Car Wash
Gift Shop
Money Transfer
Social Service
Gas Station
Grocery Store
Community
Tailor & Alteration
Hyundai Dealership
Hardware Store
City Hall
Tax Service
Motorcycle Dealership
Home Specialty Store
Civic Center
Parking
Music Store
Convention, Center
4
BluetoothÂŽ
Handsfree
• Before Use
• Basic Mode Screen
• Using Bluetooth
Before Use
Before using the BluetoothÂŽ Handsfree
What is BluetoothÂŽ?


BluetoothÂŽ refers to a short-distance wireless networking
technology which uses a 2.45GHz frequency to connect
various devices within a certain distance.
Supported within PCs, external devices, BluetoothÂŽ
phones, PDAs, various electronic devices, and automotive
environments, BluetoothÂŽ allows data to be transmitted at
high speeds without having to use a connector cable.

BluetoothÂŽ Handsfree refers to a device which allows the
user to conveniently make phone calls with BluetoothÂŽ
mobile phones through the Navigation system.

The Bluetooth handsfree feature may not be supported in
some mobile phones.
For more information on mobile phone compatibility, visit the
Hyundai Motor website (http://www.hyundaiusa.com).
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
Precautions for safe driving
BluetoothÂŽ Handsfree is a feature that enables drivers
to practice safe driving. Connecting the head unit with a
BluetoothÂŽ phone allows the user to conveniently make
calls, receive calls, and manage the phone book. Before
using the BluetoothÂŽ, carefully read the contents of this
user’s manual.
Excessive use or operations while driving may lead to
negligent driving practices and be the cause of accidents.
Do not operate the device excessively while driving.
Viewing the screen for prolonged periods of time is
dangerous and may lead to accidents. When driving, view
the screen only for short periods of time.
Cautions upon connecting BluetoothÂŽ phone

Before connecting the head unit with the mobile phone,
check to see that the mobile phone supports BluetoothÂŽ
features.

Even if the phone supports BluetoothÂŽ, the phone will not be
found during device searches if the phone has been set to
hidden state or the BluetoothÂŽ power is turned off. Disable
the hidden state or turn on the BluetoothÂŽ power prior to
searching/connecting with the Head unit.

If the Bluetooth® audio does not play, go to [Setup] ೛
|ȿBluetooth| ೛ |ȿStreaming Audio Setting|. If the feature
is set to |Off|, turn |On| and try again.
Park the vehicle when connecting the head unit with the
mobile phone.
If you do not want automatic connection with your
BluetoothÂŽ device, turn the BluetoothÂŽ power off.
BluetoothÂŽ connection may become intermittently
disconnected in some mobile phones. Follow these steps to
try again.
1. Turn the BluetoothÂŽ function within the mobile phone
off/on and try again.
2. Turn the mobile phone power Off/On and try again.
3. Completely remove the mobile phone battery, reboot,
and then again.
4. Reboot the Audio Video Navigation System and try again.
5. Delete all paired devices, pair and try again.
To set Auto Connection, go to [Setup] ೛ |ȿBluetooth| ೛
|ČżAuto Connection Setting|
The handsfree call volume and quality may differ depending
on the mobile phone.
If Auto Connection is used, the BluetoothÂŽ phone is
automatically connected when the ignition is turned on,
making it unnecessary to have to connect the phone with the
head unit every time.
The car name can be set at [Setup] ೛ |ȿBluetooth| ೛
|ȿAdvanced Settings| ೛ |ȿDevice Information|.
Pairing Bluetooth devices and use of other Bluetooth
features are not supported when the vehicle is in motion.
For safety, please first park your vehicle.
The passkey needed to connect the mobile phone can
be verified/changed at [Setup] ೛ |ȿBluetooth| ೛
|ȿAdvanced Settings| ೛ |ȿChange Passkey|.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
ળઝ

Basic Mode Screen
When no phones have been
paired
Press the [೨] key on the steering remote
controller or press the [PHONE] ೛ Press
|Yes|
Information
• Press the |Help| button within the pop-up to
view the help section with information related
to pairing and connecting BluetoothÂŽ devices,
and using Handsfree related features.
• The same Help section can be viewed by
going to |ȿInfo| ೛ |ȿHelp| ೛ |ȿBluetooth|.
Pairing from the BluetoothÂŽ Device
Press the |Add New Device| button ೛
Select car name ೛ Enter passkey
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
From the BluetoothÂŽ device, search for
the car name and pair the device.
When searching from the BluetoothÂŽ device,
the car name is Santa Fe and the default
passkey is ‘0000’.
Information
• To learn more about searching from
BluetoothÂŽ devices and pairing, refer to the
user's manual for your BluetoothÂŽ device.
• Bluetooth® devices cannot be paired when
the vehicle is in motion. For your safety, first
park the vehicle to pair a BluetoothÂŽ device.
Basic Mode Screen
When a phone is already paired
Name
Press the [೨] key on the steering remote
controller or the [PHONE] key ೛ Press |Yes|
೛Select the device from the device list
೛Press |Connect|
Description
Help section related to
pairing and
connecting/disconnecting
Help
BluetoothÂŽ devices and
Handsfree phone features
Pair a new BluetoothÂŽ
Add New
device
Connect /
Connect or disconnect a
Disconnect BluetoothÂŽ device
Delete a paired BluetoothÂŽ
Delete
Device
Delete all paired BluetoothÂŽ
Delete All
Devices
Set BluetoothÂŽ auto
Auto
connection when car ignition
Connection
is turned on
When pairing additional device
• Select the device you want to connect
and press the |Connect| button.
• If the phone you want to connect does
not exist, press the |Add New| button to
pair a new BluetoothÂŽ device.
Press the |Add New| button to pair a new
BluetoothÂŽ device.
For more information on pairing, refer to
the ‘When no phones have been paired’
section.
Information
• When a Bluetooth® device is connected,
a new device cannot be paired.
If you want to pair a new phone, first
disconnect the connected BluetoothÂŽ
device.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
When there is a connected device
Press the |೨| key on the steering remote controller or the
[PHONE] key on the head unit to display the following screen
Name
9 10
1 Info Display
Window
3 End
Enter the phone number you wish to call and press the |ČżSend|
button
Information
• The mobile phone battery and signal strength icons may not be
supported in some mobile phones.
• The remaining battery level displayed on your mobile phone battery
icon may slightly differ with the device display.
• The speed dial feature may not be supported in some mobile phones.
4 Dial Pad
Displays name of currently connected device
If no number has been entered, switches to call
history screen
If a number has been entered, calls the number
If a number has been entered, deletes the
number
During a call, ends the current call
Used to enter the phone number
Press the hold |0| to enter a ‘+’
Press the hold |1| ~ |9| to connect to the
speed dial saved within the mobile phone
5 Favorites
Displays the Favorites list screen
6 Delete
Deletes entered numbers one digit at a time
7 Contacts
Displays contacts list screen
8 Connections
10
Remaining
Battery
Call Signal
Strength
Displays the BluetoothÂŽ device Connections
screen
Displays the remaining battery for the connected
BluetoothÂŽ device
Displays the call signal strength
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
ળઝ
2 Send
Description
Using BluetoothÂŽ
During a call
Name
Info
 Display
Window
Displays other party’s name/number. If there is a
call waiting, displays call waiting information
 Switch
If there is a call waiting, switches the current call
and connects the waiting call
 End
Ends call
 Dial Pad
Used to enter phone number
 Contacts
Displays the Contacts screen
 Private
The name of the other party is displayed if the number is saved
within your contacts. If not, only the phone number is displayed.
During a call, the other party's name/number and the call time
are displayed.
Description
Outgoing
Vol.
During a handsfree call, this function is used to
switch the call to the mobile phone
Upon switching the call to Private, the vehicle mic
and speaker will turn off to allow a private
conversation through the mobile phone
Adjusts outgoing volume during calls
Sets call volume as heard by the other party
(Levels 0~5) The outgoing volume may be heard
differently depending on the connected
BluetoothÂŽ device
Status Bar Icons
Name
Information
• The telephone number may not be displayed in some mobile phones.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
Description
Čż
Mutes call volume
Čż
BluetoothÂŽ phone call state
Čż
Mobile phone contacts or call history download status
Čż
A state when BluetoothÂŽ Handsfree and streaming Audio is all
connected
Čż
State when BluetoothÂŽ streaming Audio is connected
Čż
State when BluetoothÂŽ Handsfree is connected
Making/Answering Calls
If you press the |೨Send | button without
entering a number, the Call History
screen is displayed
Press and hold the dial pad |0 +| (over
0.8 seconds) to enter a "+".
Calling by dialing a number
Enter number on the dial pad ೛ Press
the |೨Send | or the [೨] key on the steering
remote controller.
Enter the 1 or 2 digit speed dial number
with the Dial Pad ೛ Press and hold the
last number
Description
Send
Calls the entered phone
number
End
Deletes all entered numbers
Favorites
Displays the Favorites list
screen
ળઝ
Name
Making a call from Speed Dial
Information
• Most audio and SETUP mode features will
not operate during a BluetoothÂŽ handsfree call.
Only the call volume and Navigation mode
screen can be operated.
Information
• For speed dials saved within mobile
phones, up to 2 digits are supported.
• Saving or changing speed dial numbers
through the head unit is not supported.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Using BluetoothÂŽ
Calling through Redial
Making a call from Call history
Press the hold (over 0.8 seconds) the
|೨Send| button or the [೨] key on the
steering remote controller
Press the |೨Send | button or the [೨] Key on
the steering remote controller ೛ Select the
call list ೛ Press |Call|
Information
Information
• Redialing is not possible when there is
no call history or the BluetoothÂŽ phone
has not been connected.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
• Calling through the call history is not possible
when there is no call history or the BluetoothÂŽ
phone has not been connected.
• Within the call history screen, press the
Download button to |download| the call history
saved in your mobile phone into the vehicle.
• For more information on downloading call
histories, refer to the “Call History ೛
Downloading Call History” section.
Answering a call
Incoming call notice ೛ Press the
|Accept| button or the |೨| key on the
steering remote controller.
Information
• When the incoming call pop-up is displayed,
most functions within audio and SETUP mode
will not operate. Only the call volume and
Navigation screens can be operated.
• The telephone number may not be displayed
in some mobile phones.
Rejecting a call
Incoming call notice ೛ Press the |Reject|
button or the |೨| key on the steering remote
controller.
Information
• The reject call function may not be supported
in some mobile phones.
ળઝ
When a call is received on the connected
phone, the bell will sound and the phone
number of the other party will be displayed
on the incoming call pop-up, as shown here.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Using BluetoothÂŽ
Operating Menus during a Call
Switching Call to the Handsfree
Switching Call to the BluetoothÂŽ phone
During call on mobile phone ೛ Press the
|̰Private| button or press and hold the [೨]
key (over 0.8 seconds) on the steering
remote controller.
During handsfree call ೛ Press the
|̰Private| button or press and hold the [೨]
key (over 0.8 seconds) on the steering
remote controller.
The call will be switched from the handsfree
to the BluetoothÂŽ mobile phone.
Information
• The Private function may not be supported
in some mobile phones.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
The call will be switched from the
BluetoothÂŽ mobile phone to the car
handsfree.
Ending a call
Switching to Call Waiting
While on a call ೛Press the |೨End| button or If another person calls while you are already
the [೨] Key on the steering remote controller. on a call, the current call must be
placed on hold or ended to answer the
new call.
If there is waiting call, press the [೨] key on
the steering remote controller (under 0.8
seconds) or press the |೨ Switch| button on
the Phone screen.
Name
Hold 1st
call
End 1st
 call
 Switch
The BluetoothÂŽ handsfree call will end.
Places current call on call
waiting and answer new call
Ends current call and answer
new call
Rejects new call and
maintains
current call
If there is a call waiting,
switches to the waiting call
waiting call
Information
• Call waiting is a feature that allows the caller
to answer a second call while already on a call.
When call waiting is used, the first call is
placed on waiting mode.
• The Switch to Call Waiting feature may not be
supported in some mobile phones.
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
ળઝ
 Reject
Description
Using BluetoothÂŽ
Setting Mic volume
While on a call ೛ Select |Outgoing Vol.| ೛
Set Outgoing Volume ೛Press |OK|
If you press the |Ě°Mute| button, the
outgoing volume is muted and blocked to
the other party.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
Information
• The volume heard by the other party may
differ depending on the mobile phone. If call
volume heard by the other party is too low or
too high, first adjust the volume setting.
Adjusting the Ring/Call Volume
While on a call ೛Use the ೣ VOL knob on
the head unit or the [VOL+], [VOL-] keys
on the steering remote controller to adjust
the ring/call volume.
Contacts
Press the [PHONE] key on the head unit or the [೨] key on the
steering remote controller ೛ Press |ȿContacts|
Information
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
ળઝ
• For contacts, up to 5,000 entries can be saved for each paired
BluetoothÂŽ device.
• Contacts can be viewed only when a Bluetooth device has been
connected.
• If there are numerous list entries, selecting the list page area will
move to the corresponding list page.
• It is possible to download contacts during a call or while operating
BluetoothÂŽ streaming audio mode.
• When downloading contacts, the |ȿcontacts download| icon will be
displayed within the status bar.
• It is not possible to download contacts when the contacts download
setting has been turned off within your BluetoothÂŽ device.
• In addition, some devices may require device authorization to
download contacts.
• If downloading cannot be normally conducted, check the Bluetooth®
device settings or the screen state.
• The download feature may not be supported in some mobile phones.
Check to see that the BluetoothÂŽ device supports the download
feature.
• For more information on mobile phone compatibility, visit the
Hyundai Motor website (http://www.hyundaiusa.com).
Using BluetoothÂŽ
Mobile Contacts Screen Configuration
Name
Description
 Search
Search car contacts and mobile phone contacts
(Search by name or number)
 Download
Download contacts from BluetoothÂŽ device
BluetoothÂŽ
 Device
Name
Name of connected BluetoothÂŽ device
 List page
Download
source
Displays total list pages and current list page
(List page jump upon selecting scroll area)
Displays whether contacts were downloaded from
the mobile phone or SIM
Information
• Mobile phone contacts can be searched only when a Bluetooth® device is connected.
• Up to 5,000 contacts from your Bluetooth® phone or SIM can be downloaded into the car contacts. Contacts that have been downloaded
to the car cannot be edited or deleted.
• Mobile phone contacts are managed separately for each paired Bluetooth® device (max 5 devices x 5,000 contacts each). Previously
downloaded data will be stored even if the BluetoothÂŽ device has been disconnected. (However, the contacts and call history saved
to the phone will be deleted if the paired phone is deleted.)
• Downloaded contacts could be lost depending on the state of the head unit. Always make sure to back up important data.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
Downloading Mobile Phone Contacts
Checking Mobile Contacts Details
Press the |Download| button from the
Contacts screen ೛ Press |Yes|
Select the desired phone number from the
mobile contacts list to check details about
the number.
Information
• Time required to download contacts may
differ depending on your mobile phone model
or data size.
ળઝ
Information
• Upon downloading mobile phone contacts,
the previous corresponding data is deleted.
• This feature may not be supported in some
mobile phones.
• Upon downloading, contacts saved in your
SIM and mobile phone are simultaneously
downloaded.
• To change the contacts download settings,
change the following menu setting.
[Setup] ೛ |ȿBluetooth| ೛ |ȿ Contacts
Download Setting|
• When using Contacts Sync, the contacts
and call histories within your mobile phone are
automatically downloaded upon connecting
BluetoothÂŽ.
If you do not wish to use this feature, turn this
feature off at [Setup] ೛ |ȿBluetooth| ೛
|ČżContacts Sync Setting|.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Using BluetoothÂŽ
Adding as a Favorite
Select number from the Contacts screen ೛
Within the details screen, press |Add as
Favorite|
Saved Favorites can be viewed by pressing
the |Čż Favorites| button in the Phone screen.
Information
• Up to 8 Favorites can be added.
• Saved Favorites can be viewed by pressing
the |ČżFavorites| button in the Phone screen.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
Favorites
Calling Favorites
In Phone screen೛ Press |ȿFavorites| ೛
Select the desired Favorite ೛ Call
connected
Information
• Favorites can be added through Phone ೛
|ȿContacts| ೛ Select contact ೛ |Add as
Favorite|.
• Up to 8 Favorites can be added and Favorites
can be used only when a Bluetooth device has
been connected.
Selecting/Deleting Favorites
In Favorites screen ೛ Press |Delete Items|
೛ Select items you want to delete and press
|Delete| ೛ Press |Yes|
ળઝ
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
Using BluetoothÂŽ
Searching Contacts
Search by Name
Searching by Number
In Phone screen ೛ Press |Search|
Press the |̰Search by Name button| ೛
Enter name and press |Search|
Press the |Ě°Search by Number| button
೛ Enter number and press |Search|
Information
• When searching a number, it is possible to
search by entering just a part of the name.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Information
When searching a number, it is possible to
search by entering just a part of the entire
number.
(ex: if you enter “1544”, all numbers that
include “1544” will be searched.)
Call History
Call History Screen Configuration
Entering Call History Screen
Within the Phone screen, press the |೨Send|
button or the [೨] key on the steering remote
controller.
ળઝ
Information
The call history may not be saved in the call
history list in some mobile phones.
• Calls received with hidden caller ID will not
be saved in the call history list.
Name
Description
1 Dialed Call
Displays the outgoing call
history list
Received
Call
Displays the incoming call
history list
Displays the missed call
3 Missed Call history list
4 Download
Downloads call history from
mobile phone
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Using BluetoothÂŽ
Downloading Call History
Within the Call History screen, press the
|Download| button.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Information
• Up to 20 dialed, incoming, and missed call
history lists can each be downloaded.
The dialed/incoming time and call time
information are not supported.
• Sorting all call histories by time is not
supported.
• It is possible to download call history even
during a call or during BluetoothÂŽ streaming
audio.
• When downloading call histories, the
|Ě°contact download| icon will be displayed
within the status bar.
• It is not possible to commence download
when the call history download feature is
turned off within the BluetoothÂŽ device. Also
some devices may require device authorization
upon attempting to download call history. If
downloading cannot be normally conducted,
check the BluetoothÂŽ device settings or the
screen state.
• The download feature may not be supported
in some mobile phones. Check to see that the
BluetoothÂŽ device supports the download
feature.
• For more information on mobile phone
compatibility, visit the Hyundai Motor website
(http://www.hyundaiusa.com).
Viewing Call History Information
Within the Call History screen, select the list.
Name
Description
1 Download
Download call histories from
mobile phone
2 Call
Calls the number
3 Delete
Deletes the call history
Setting BluetoothÂŽ Connection
Press the |ČżConnections| button on the
Phone screen.
Connections Menu
Connecting a Device
ࠉʼଜˈ࢕ ଜЕ ̛̛ ۴੔ ୯ ೛
|Connections| ‫؟‬ટ ۴੔
ળઝ
Function
Description
 Help
Displays BluetoothÂŽ
Help screen
 Add New
Pairs a new BluetoothÂŽ
device
Connects/disconnects
a BluetoothÂŽ device
Connect/
 Disconnect
 Delete
 Delete All
 Auto Connection
 Paired device list
Streaming
 connection state
Handsfree
connection state
Deletes a paired
BluetoothÂŽ device
Deletes all paired
BluetoothÂŽ devices
Sets BluetoothÂŽ device
auto connection when
car ignition is turned on
Shows list of paired
BluetoothÂŽ devices
Shows BluetoothÂŽ
Streaming connection
state
Shows BluetoothÂŽ
Handsfree connection
state
ળઝ ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ ୎ء‬૓ࢇए
Using BluetoothÂŽ
Pairing a New Device
For more information on pairing, refer to
the ‘When no phones have been paired’
section.
Information
The Phone screen is displayed once a
BluetoothÂŽ Handsfree is connected while
the BluetoothÂŽ Audio screen is displayed
once streaming Audio is connected.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
• Bluetooth® features supported within the
vehicle are as follows. Some features may not
be supported depending on your BluetoothÂŽ
device.
- Answering and placing BluetoothÂŽ
Handsfree calls
- Menu operation during call (Switch to Private,
Switch to call waiting, Outgoing volume)
-Download Call History
-Download Mobile Contacts
-Download SIM Contacts
-Contacts/ Call History Auto Download
-BluetoothÂŽ device auto connection
-Playing Bluetooth ÂŽ Streaming Audio
• It is possible to pair up to five Bluetooth®
devices to the car system.
• Only one Bluetooth® device can be
connected at a time.
• Other devices cannot be paired while a
BluetoothÂŽ device is already connected.
• When a Bluetooth® device is being connected,
the connection process cannot be canceled.
• Only Bluetooth® Handsfree and Bluetooth®
audio related features will operate within this
system.
• Normal operation is possible only for devices
that support handsfree or audio features, such as
a BluetoothÂŽ mobile phone or a BluetoothÂŽ
audio device.
• Only one function can be used at a time
between the BluetoothÂŽ handsfree and
BluetoothÂŽ audio. (While playing BluetoothÂŽ
audio, streaming will end upon entering the
BluetoothÂŽ phone screen.)
• If a connected Bluetooth® device becomes
disconnected for various reasons, such as being
out of range, turning the device OFF, or a
BluetoothÂŽ communication error, BluetoothÂŽ
devices are automatically searched and
connected.
• If the system becomes unstable due to
communication errors between the vehicle and
the BluetoothÂŽ device, reset the BluetoothÂŽ and
try again. Upon resetting BluetoothÂŽ, the system
is restored to its factory release state. Press the
[SETUP] key ೛ |ȿBluetooth| ೛ |ȿAdvanced
Settings| ೛ |ȿRestore Factory Settings|
Disconnecting a Device
Select the device you wish to disconnect
೛ Press |Disconnect| ೛ Press |Yes|
Select the device you want to delete ೛
Press |Delete| ೛ Press |Yes|
Information
• If a paired phone is deleted, its call history
and contacts lists will also be deleted.
ળઝ / ૓ࢇए ‫্ࡉ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
ળઝ
Deleting a Device
A device cannot be deleted if it is
connected.
To delete a paired device, first disconnect
the BluetoothÂŽ connection.
Press |Delete All| to delete all paired
BluetoothÂŽ devices.
Using BluetoothÂŽ
Setting Auto Connection
Press the |Auto Connection| button ೛ Select
the desired option ೛ Set and press |Done|
Name
Disable Auto
Connection
Previously
2 Connected
Phone
Description
Disables auto connection
Auto connection with the
previously connected
BluetoothÂŽ phone
Automatically connects to
3 User Selected a user selected
Phone
BluetoothÂŽ device
Automatically connects
4 Connect by
according to the set
Priority
BluetoothÂŽ phone priority
If auto connection is turned on, a BluetoothÂŽ
device will automatically be connected
according to the set option when the car
ignition is turned on.
૓ࢇए ‫্ࣛ( ୎ء‬૓ࢇए)
Information
• The Auto Connection button is a shortcut
menu to go to [Setup] ೛ |ȿBluetooth| ೛
|ČżAuto Connection Settings|
• If you press the |Setting| button next to the
|User Selected Phone| and |Connect by
Priority| options, you can designate the phone
you wish to connect or set the phone priority.
MAP DATABASE HOTLINE
M & SOFT AMERICA MAP CENTER
TEL : 888-757-0010
WEBSITE : www.mapnsoft.com
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules.
These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment
generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause
harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular
installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
ˍ Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
ˍ Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
ˍ Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
ˍ Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Caution: Any changes or modications to this device not explicitly approved by manufacturer could void your authority to operate this
equipment.
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
7KLVHTXLSPHQWFRPSOLHVZLWK)&&UDGLDWLRQH[SRVXUHOLPLWVVHWIRUWKIRUDQXQFRQWUROOHGHQYLURQPHQW
7KLVHTXLSPHQWVKRXOGEHLQVWDOOHGDQGRSHUDWHGZLWKPLQLPXPFPEHWZHHQWKHUDGLDWRUDQG\RXUERG\
7KLVWUDQVPLWWHUPXVWQRWEHFROORFDWHGRURSHUDWLQJLQFRQMXQFWLRQZLWKDQ\RWKHUDQWHQQDRUWUDQVPLWWHUXQOHVVDXWKRUL]HGWRGRVRE\WKH)&&
,I&:DUQLQJ
7KLVGHYLFHFRPSOLHVZLWK,QGXVWU\&DQDGDOLFHQFHH[HPSW566VWDQGDUG V 
2SHUDWLRQLVVXEMHFWWRWKHIROORZLQJWZRFRQGLWLRQV  WKLVGHYLFHPD\QRWFDXVHLQWHUIHUHQFHDQG
 WKLVGHYLFHPXVWDFFHSWDQ\LQWHUIHUHQFHLQFOXGLQJLQWHUIHUHQFHWKDWPD\FDXVHXQGHVLUHGRSHUDWLRQRIWKHGHYLFH
/HSUpVHQWDSSDUHLOHVWFRQIRUPHDX[&15G ,QGXVWULH&DQDGDDSSOLFDEOHVDX[DSSDUHLOVUDGLRH[HPSWVGHOLFHQFH
/ H[SORLWDWLRQHVWDXWRULVpHDX[GHX[FRQGLWLRQVVXLYDQWHV  O DSSDUHLOQHGRLWSDVSURGXLUHGHEURXLOODJHHW
  O XWLOLVDWHXUGHO DSSDUHLOGRLWDFFHSWHUWRXWEURXLOODJHUDGLRpOHFWULTXHVXEL
PrPHVLOHEURXLOODJHHVWVXVFHSWLEOHG HQFRPSURPHWWUHOHIRQFWLRQQHPHQW

---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.7
Linearized                      : Yes
Create Date                     : 2012:04:09 16:41:44+09:00
Creator                         : Adobe Acrobat Pro 9.0.0
Modify Date                     : 2012:04:09 17:29:12+09:00
Has XFA                         : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c041 52.342996, 2008/05/07-20:48:00
Metadata Date                   : 2012:04:09 17:29:12+09:00
Creator Tool                    : Adobe Acrobat Pro 9.0.0
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : untitled
Document ID                     : uuid:306b479c-b409-45c7-8b46-4c565ecad117
Instance ID                     : uuid:90591309-9897-4a12-b3f0-aea69d9801ad
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 9.0.0 (Windows)
Page Count                      : 283

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools